Mercurial > vim
annotate src/gui_mac.c @ 19742:810eee1b42e3 v8.2.0427
patch 8.2.0427: it is not possible to check for a typo in a feature name
Commit: https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/7929651e05b081fe55e0e745725a7ad78c51be16
Author: Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
Date: Sun Mar 22 16:17:14 2020 +0100
patch 8.2.0427: it is not possible to check for a typo in a feature name
Problem: It is not possible to check for a typo in a feature name.
Solution: Add an extra argument to has().
| author | Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org> |
|---|---|
| date | Sun, 22 Mar 2020 16:30:03 +0100 |
| parents | 2ef19eed524a |
| children | aadd1cae2ff5 |
| rev | line source |
|---|---|
|
10042
4aead6a9b7a9
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/edf3f97ae2af024708ebb4ac614227327033ca47
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9939
diff
changeset
|
1 /* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet: |
| 7 | 2 * |
| 3 * VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar | |
| 4 * GUI/Motif support by Robert Webb | |
| 5 * Macintosh port by Dany St-Amant | |
| 6 * and Axel Kielhorn | |
| 1106 | 7 * Port to MPW by Bernhard Pruemmer |
| 7 | 8 * Initial Carbon port by Ammon Skidmore |
| 9 * | |
| 10 * Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions. | |
| 11 * Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed. | |
| 12 * See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code. | |
| 13 */ | |
| 14 | |
| 15 /* | |
| 593 | 16 * NOTES: - Vim 7+ does not support classic MacOS. Please use Vim 6.x |
| 856 | 17 * - Comments mentioning FAQ refer to the book: |
| 18 * "Macworld Mac Programming FAQs" from "IDG Books" | |
| 7 | 19 */ |
| 20 | |
| 21 /* | |
| 22 * TODO: Change still to merge from the macvim's iDisk | |
| 23 * | |
| 24 * error_ga, mch_errmsg, Navigation's changes in gui_mch_browse | |
| 25 * uses of MenuItemIndex, changes in gui_mch_set_shellsize, | |
| 26 * ScrapManager error handling. | |
| 27 * Comments about function remaining to Carbonize. | |
| 28 * | |
| 29 */ | |
| 30 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
31 /* |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
32 * TODO (Jussi) |
| 1107 | 33 * * Clipboard does not work (at least some cases) |
| 34 * * ATSU font rendering has some problems | |
| 35 * * Investigate and remove dead code (there is still lots of that) | |
| 36 */ | |
| 7 | 37 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
38 #include <Devices.h> // included first to avoid CR problems |
| 7 | 39 #include "vim.h" |
| 40 | |
| 593 | 41 #define USE_CARBONIZED |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
42 #define USE_AEVENT // Enable AEVENT |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
43 #undef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW // Debugging feature: start Vim window OFFSETed |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
44 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
45 // Compile as CodeWarrior External Editor |
| 7 | 46 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) && !defined(USE_AEVENT) |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
47 # define USE_AEVENT // Need Apple Event Support |
| 7 | 48 #endif |
| 49 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
50 // Vim's Scrap flavor. |
| 9 | 51 #define VIMSCRAPFLAVOR 'VIM!' |
|
15595
1ec942f1b648
patch 8.1.0805: too many #ifdefs
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15470
diff
changeset
|
52 #define SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR kScrapFlavorTypeUnicode |
| 9 | 53 |
| 7 | 54 static EventHandlerUPP mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL; |
| 593 | 55 SInt32 gMacSystemVersion; |
| 56 | |
| 766 | 57 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 58 # define USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER | |
| 1562 | 59 |
| 60 static int im_is_active = FALSE; | |
|
13950
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
61 # if 0 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
62 // TODO: Implement me! |
| 1562 | 63 static int im_start_row = 0; |
| 64 static int im_start_col = 0; | |
|
13950
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
65 # endif |
|
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
66 |
|
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
67 # define NR_ELEMS(x) (sizeof(x) / sizeof(x[0])) |
| 1562 | 68 |
| 69 static TSMDocumentID gTSMDocument; | |
| 70 | |
| 71 static void im_on_window_switch(int active); | |
| 168 | 72 static EventHandlerUPP keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL; |
| 1562 | 73 static EventHandlerUPP winEventHandlerUPP = NULL; |
| 74 | |
| 75 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_handle_window_activate( | |
| 76 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, void *data); | |
| 77 | |
| 78 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_handle_text_input( | |
| 79 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, void *data); | |
| 80 | |
| 81 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_update_input_area( | |
| 82 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent); | |
| 83 | |
| 84 static pascal OSStatus gui_mac_unicode_key_event( | |
| 85 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent); | |
| 86 | |
| 168 | 87 #endif |
| 88 | |
| 7 | 89 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
90 // Include some file. TODO: move into os_mac.h |
| 7 | 91 #include <Menus.h> |
| 92 #include <Resources.h> | |
| 93 #include <Processes.h> | |
| 94 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 95 # include <AppleEvents.h> | |
| 96 # include <AERegistry.h> | |
| 97 #endif | |
| 98 # include <Gestalt.h> | |
| 99 #if UNIVERSAL_INTERFACES_VERSION >= 0x0330 | |
| 100 # include <ControlDefinitions.h> | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
101 # include <Navigation.h> // Navigation only part of ?? |
| 7 | 102 #endif |
| 103 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
104 // Help Manager (balloon.h, HM prefixed functions) are not supported |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
105 // under Carbon (Jussi) |
| 593 | 106 # if 0 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
107 // New Help Interface for Mac, not implemented yet. |
| 593 | 108 # include <MacHelp.h> |
| 109 # endif | |
| 7 | 110 |
| 111 /* | |
| 593 | 112 * These seem to be rectangle options. Why are they not found in |
| 113 * headers? (Jussi) | |
| 7 | 114 */ |
| 115 #define kNothing 0 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
116 #define kCreateEmpty 2 //1 |
| 7 | 117 #define kCreateRect 2 |
| 118 #define kDestroy 3 | |
| 119 | |
| 120 /* | |
| 121 * Dany: Don't like those... | |
| 122 */ | |
| 123 #define topLeft(r) (((Point*)&(r))[0]) | |
| 124 #define botRight(r) (((Point*)&(r))[1]) | |
| 125 | |
| 126 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
127 // Time of last mouse click, to detect double-click |
| 7 | 128 static long lastMouseTick = 0; |
| 129 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
130 // ??? |
| 7 | 131 static RgnHandle cursorRgn; |
| 132 static RgnHandle dragRgn; | |
| 133 static Rect dragRect; | |
| 134 static short dragRectEnbl; | |
| 135 static short dragRectControl; | |
| 136 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
137 // This variable is set when waiting for an event, which is the only moment |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
138 // scrollbar dragging can be done directly. It's not allowed while commands |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
139 // are executed, because it may move the cursor and that may cause unexpected |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
140 // problems (e.g., while ":s" is working). |
| 7 | 141 static int allow_scrollbar = FALSE; |
| 142 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
143 // Last mouse click caused contextual menu, (to provide proper release) |
| 7 | 144 static short clickIsPopup; |
| 145 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
146 // Feedback Action for Scrollbar |
| 7 | 147 ControlActionUPP gScrollAction; |
| 148 ControlActionUPP gScrollDrag; | |
| 149 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
150 // Keeping track of which scrollbar is being dragged |
| 7 | 151 static ControlHandle dragged_sb = NULL; |
| 152 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
153 // Vector of char_u --> control index for hotkeys in dialogs |
| 1572 | 154 static short *gDialogHotKeys; |
| 155 | |
| 13 | 156 static struct |
| 157 { | |
| 158 FMFontFamily family; | |
| 159 FMFontSize size; | |
| 160 FMFontStyle style; | |
| 161 Boolean isPanelVisible; | |
| 162 } gFontPanelInfo = { 0, 0, 0, false }; | |
| 593 | 163 |
| 766 | 164 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 165 # define USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 1562 | 166 int p_macatsui_last; |
| 168 | 167 ATSUStyle gFontStyle; |
| 1562 | 168 ATSUStyle gWideFontStyle; |
| 168 | 169 Boolean gIsFontFallbackSet; |
|
2327
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
170 UInt32 useAntialias_cached = 0x0; |
| 168 | 171 #endif |
| 172 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
173 // Colors Macros |
| 7 | 174 #define RGB(r,g,b) ((r) << 16) + ((g) << 8) + (b) |
| 175 #define Red(c) ((c & 0x00FF0000) >> 16) | |
| 176 #define Green(c) ((c & 0x0000FF00) >> 8) | |
| 177 #define Blue(c) ((c & 0x000000FF) >> 0) | |
| 178 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
179 // Key mapping |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
180 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
181 #define vk_Esc 0x35 // -> 1B |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
182 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
183 #define vk_F1 0x7A // -> 10 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
184 #define vk_F2 0x78 //0x63 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
185 #define vk_F3 0x63 //0x76 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
186 #define vk_F4 0x76 //0x60 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
187 #define vk_F5 0x60 //0x61 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
188 #define vk_F6 0x61 //0x62 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
189 #define vk_F7 0x62 //0x63 ? |
| 7 | 190 #define vk_F8 0x64 |
| 191 #define vk_F9 0x65 | |
| 192 #define vk_F10 0x6D | |
| 193 #define vk_F11 0x67 | |
| 194 #define vk_F12 0x6F | |
| 195 #define vk_F13 0x69 | |
| 196 #define vk_F14 0x6B | |
| 197 #define vk_F15 0x71 | |
| 198 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
199 #define vk_Clr 0x47 // -> 1B (ESC) |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
200 #define vk_Enter 0x4C // -> 03 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
201 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
202 #define vk_Space 0x31 // -> 20 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
203 #define vk_Tab 0x30 // -> 09 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
204 #define vk_Return 0x24 // -> 0D |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
205 // This is wrong for OSX, what is it for? |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
206 #define vk_Delete 0X08 // -> 08 BackSpace |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
207 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
208 #define vk_Help 0x72 // -> 05 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
209 #define vk_Home 0x73 // -> 01 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
210 #define vk_PageUp 0x74 // -> 0D |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
211 #define vk_FwdDelete 0x75 // -> 7F |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
212 #define vk_End 0x77 // -> 04 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
213 #define vk_PageDown 0x79 // -> 0C |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
214 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
215 #define vk_Up 0x7E // -> 1E |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
216 #define vk_Down 0x7D // -> 1F |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
217 #define vk_Left 0x7B // -> 1C |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
218 #define vk_Right 0x7C // -> 1D |
| 7 | 219 |
| 220 #define vk_Undo vk_F1 | |
| 221 #define vk_Cut vk_F2 | |
| 222 #define vk_Copy vk_F3 | |
| 223 #define vk_Paste vk_F4 | |
| 224 #define vk_PrintScreen vk_F13 | |
| 225 #define vk_SCrollLock vk_F14 | |
| 226 #define vk_Pause vk_F15 | |
| 227 #define vk_NumLock vk_Clr | |
| 228 #define vk_Insert vk_Help | |
| 229 | |
| 230 #define KeySym char | |
| 231 | |
| 232 static struct | |
| 233 { | |
| 234 KeySym key_sym; | |
| 235 char_u vim_code0; | |
| 236 char_u vim_code1; | |
| 237 } special_keys[] = | |
| 238 { | |
| 239 {vk_Up, 'k', 'u'}, | |
| 240 {vk_Down, 'k', 'd'}, | |
| 241 {vk_Left, 'k', 'l'}, | |
| 242 {vk_Right, 'k', 'r'}, | |
| 243 | |
| 244 {vk_F1, 'k', '1'}, | |
| 245 {vk_F2, 'k', '2'}, | |
| 246 {vk_F3, 'k', '3'}, | |
| 247 {vk_F4, 'k', '4'}, | |
| 248 {vk_F5, 'k', '5'}, | |
| 249 {vk_F6, 'k', '6'}, | |
| 250 {vk_F7, 'k', '7'}, | |
| 251 {vk_F8, 'k', '8'}, | |
| 252 {vk_F9, 'k', '9'}, | |
| 253 {vk_F10, 'k', ';'}, | |
| 254 | |
| 255 {vk_F11, 'F', '1'}, | |
| 256 {vk_F12, 'F', '2'}, | |
| 257 {vk_F13, 'F', '3'}, | |
| 258 {vk_F14, 'F', '4'}, | |
| 259 {vk_F15, 'F', '5'}, | |
| 260 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
261 // {XK_Help, '%', '1'}, |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
262 // {XK_Undo, '&', '8'}, |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
263 // {XK_BackSpace, 'k', 'b'}, |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
264 // {vk_Delete, 'k', 'b'}, |
| 7 | 265 {vk_Insert, 'k', 'I'}, |
| 266 {vk_FwdDelete, 'k', 'D'}, | |
| 267 {vk_Home, 'k', 'h'}, | |
| 268 {vk_End, '@', '7'}, | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
269 // {XK_Prior, 'k', 'P'}, |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
270 // {XK_Next, 'k', 'N'}, |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
271 // {XK_Print, '%', '9'}, |
| 7 | 272 |
| 273 {vk_PageUp, 'k', 'P'}, | |
| 274 {vk_PageDown, 'k', 'N'}, | |
| 275 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
276 // End of list marker: |
| 7 | 277 {(KeySym)0, 0, 0} |
| 278 }; | |
| 279 | |
| 280 /* | |
| 281 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 282 * Forward declaration (for those needed) | |
| 283 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 284 */ | |
| 285 | |
| 286 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 9 | 287 OSErr HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent); |
| 7 | 288 #endif |
| 289 | |
| 1106 | 290 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 291 static void initialise_tabline(void); | |
| 292 static WindowRef drawer = NULL; // TODO: put into gui.h | |
| 293 #endif | |
| 294 | |
| 1562 | 295 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 296 static void gui_mac_set_font_attributes(GuiFont font); | |
| 297 #endif | |
| 298 | |
| 7 | 299 /* |
| 300 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 301 * Conversion Utility | |
| 302 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 303 */ | |
| 304 | |
| 305 /* | |
| 306 * C2Pascal_save | |
| 307 * | |
| 308 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in | |
| 309 * into a pascal string | |
| 310 * | |
| 311 */ | |
| 312 | |
| 593 | 313 char_u * |
| 314 C2Pascal_save(char_u *Cstring) | |
| 7 | 315 { |
| 316 char_u *PascalString; | |
| 317 int len; | |
| 318 | |
| 319 if (Cstring == NULL) | |
| 320 return NULL; | |
| 321 | |
| 322 len = STRLEN(Cstring); | |
| 323 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
324 if (len > 255) // Truncate if necessary |
| 7 | 325 len = 255; |
| 326 | |
| 327 PascalString = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 328 if (PascalString != NULL) | |
| 329 { | |
| 330 mch_memmove(PascalString + 1, Cstring, len); | |
| 331 PascalString[0] = len; | |
| 332 } | |
| 333 | |
| 334 return PascalString; | |
| 335 } | |
| 336 | |
| 337 /* | |
| 338 * C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash | |
| 339 * | |
| 340 * Allocate memory and convert the C-String passed in | |
| 341 * into a pascal string. Also remove the backslash at the same time | |
| 342 * | |
| 343 */ | |
| 344 | |
| 593 | 345 char_u * |
| 346 C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(char_u *Cstring) | |
| 7 | 347 { |
| 348 char_u *PascalString; | |
| 349 int len; | |
| 350 char_u *p, *c; | |
| 351 | |
| 352 len = STRLEN(Cstring); | |
| 353 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
354 if (len > 255) // Truncate if necessary |
| 7 | 355 len = 255; |
| 356 | |
| 357 PascalString = alloc(len + 1); | |
| 358 if (PascalString != NULL) | |
| 359 { | |
| 360 for (c = Cstring, p = PascalString+1, len = 0; (*c != 0) && (len < 255); c++) | |
| 361 { | |
| 362 if ((*c == '\\') && (c[1] != 0)) | |
| 363 c++; | |
| 364 *p = *c; | |
| 365 p++; | |
| 366 len++; | |
| 367 } | |
| 368 PascalString[0] = len; | |
| 369 } | |
| 370 | |
| 371 return PascalString; | |
| 372 } | |
| 373 | |
| 374 /* | |
| 375 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (mouse) | |
| 376 */ | |
| 377 | |
| 378 int_u | |
| 379 EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers) | |
| 380 { | |
| 381 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00; | |
| 382 | |
| 383 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey)) | |
| 384 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT; | |
| 385 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey)) | |
| 386 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 387 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey)) | |
| 388 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_ALT; | |
| 389 #if 0 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
390 // Not yet supported |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
391 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) // There's no rightCmdKey |
| 7 | 392 vimModifiers |= MOUSE_CMD; |
| 393 #endif | |
| 394 return (vimModifiers); | |
| 395 } | |
| 396 | |
| 397 /* | |
| 398 * Convert the modifiers of an Event into vim's modifiers (keys) | |
| 399 */ | |
| 400 | |
| 401 static int_u | |
| 402 EventModifiers2VimModifiers(EventModifiers macModifiers) | |
| 403 { | |
| 404 int_u vimModifiers = 0x00; | |
| 405 | |
| 406 if (macModifiers & (shiftKey | rightShiftKey)) | |
| 407 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 408 if (macModifiers & (controlKey | rightControlKey)) | |
| 409 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 410 if (macModifiers & (optionKey | rightOptionKey)) | |
| 411 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT; | |
| 412 #ifdef USE_CMD_KEY | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
413 if (macModifiers & (cmdKey)) // There's no rightCmdKey |
| 7 | 414 vimModifiers |= MOD_MASK_CMD; |
| 415 #endif | |
| 416 return (vimModifiers); | |
| 417 } | |
| 418 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
419 /* |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
420 * Convert a string representing a point size into pixels. The string should |
| 7 | 421 * be a positive decimal number, with an optional decimal point (eg, "12", or |
| 422 * "10.5"). The pixel value is returned, and a pointer to the next unconverted | |
| 423 * character is stored in *end. The flag "vertical" says whether this | |
| 424 * calculation is for a vertical (height) size or a horizontal (width) one. | |
| 425 * | |
| 426 * From gui_w48.c | |
| 427 */ | |
| 428 static int | |
| 429 points_to_pixels(char_u *str, char_u **end, int vertical) | |
| 430 { | |
| 431 int pixels; | |
| 432 int points = 0; | |
| 433 int divisor = 0; | |
| 434 | |
| 435 while (*str) | |
| 436 { | |
| 437 if (*str == '.' && divisor == 0) | |
| 438 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
439 // Start keeping a divisor, for later |
| 7 | 440 divisor = 1; |
| 441 continue; | |
| 442 } | |
| 443 | |
| 444 if (!isdigit(*str)) | |
| 445 break; | |
| 446 | |
| 447 points *= 10; | |
| 448 points += *str - '0'; | |
| 449 divisor *= 10; | |
| 450 | |
| 451 ++str; | |
| 452 } | |
| 453 | |
| 454 if (divisor == 0) | |
| 455 divisor = 1; | |
| 456 | |
| 457 pixels = points/divisor; | |
| 458 *end = str; | |
| 459 return pixels; | |
| 460 } | |
| 461 | |
| 766 | 462 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 463 /* |
| 464 * Deletes all traces of any Windows-style mnemonic text (including any | |
| 465 * parentheses) from a menu item and returns the cleaned menu item title. | |
| 466 * The caller is responsible for releasing the returned string. | |
| 467 */ | |
| 468 static CFStringRef | |
| 593 | 469 menu_title_removing_mnemonic(vimmenu_T *menu) |
| 168 | 470 { |
| 471 CFStringRef name; | |
| 472 size_t menuTitleLen; | |
| 473 CFIndex displayLen; | |
| 474 CFRange mnemonicStart; | |
| 475 CFRange mnemonicEnd; | |
| 476 CFMutableStringRef cleanedName; | |
| 477 | |
| 478 menuTitleLen = STRLEN(menu->dname); | |
| 1621 | 479 name = (CFStringRef) mac_enc_to_cfstring(menu->dname, menuTitleLen); |
| 168 | 480 |
| 481 if (name) | |
| 482 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
483 // Simple mnemonic-removal algorithm, assumes single parenthesized |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
484 // mnemonic character towards the end of the menu text |
| 168 | 485 mnemonicStart = CFStringFind(name, CFSTR("("), kCFCompareBackwards); |
| 486 displayLen = CFStringGetLength(name); | |
| 487 | |
| 488 if (mnemonicStart.location != kCFNotFound | |
| 489 && (mnemonicStart.location + 2) < displayLen | |
| 490 && CFStringGetCharacterAtIndex(name, | |
| 491 mnemonicStart.location + 1) == (UniChar)menu->mnemonic) | |
| 492 { | |
| 493 if (CFStringFindWithOptions(name, CFSTR(")"), | |
| 494 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location + 1, | |
| 495 displayLen - mnemonicStart.location - 1), | |
| 496 kCFCompareBackwards, &mnemonicEnd) && | |
| 497 (mnemonicStart.location + 2) == mnemonicEnd.location) | |
| 498 { | |
| 499 cleanedName = CFStringCreateMutableCopy(NULL, 0, name); | |
| 500 if (cleanedName) | |
| 501 { | |
| 502 CFStringDelete(cleanedName, | |
| 503 CFRangeMake(mnemonicStart.location, | |
| 504 mnemonicEnd.location + 1 - | |
| 505 mnemonicStart.location)); | |
| 506 | |
| 507 CFRelease(name); | |
| 508 name = cleanedName; | |
| 509 } | |
| 510 } | |
| 511 } | |
| 512 } | |
| 513 | |
| 514 return name; | |
| 515 } | |
| 516 #endif | |
| 517 | |
| 7 | 518 /* |
| 519 * Convert a list of FSSpec aliases into a list of fullpathname | |
| 520 * character strings. | |
| 521 */ | |
| 522 | |
| 593 | 523 char_u ** |
| 524 new_fnames_from_AEDesc(AEDesc *theList, long *numFiles, OSErr *error) | |
| 7 | 525 { |
| 526 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
| 527 OSErr newError; | |
| 528 long fileCount; | |
| 529 FSSpec fileToOpen; | |
| 530 long actualSize; | |
| 531 AEKeyword dummyKeyword; | |
| 532 DescType dummyType; | |
| 533 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
534 // Get number of files in list |
| 7 | 535 *error = AECountItems(theList, numFiles); |
| 536 if (*error) | |
| 1107 | 537 return fnames; |
| 7 | 538 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
539 // Allocate the pointer list |
|
16825
ce04ebdf26b8
patch 8.1.1414: alloc() returning "char_u *" causes a lot of type casts
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16768
diff
changeset
|
540 fnames = ALLOC_MULT(char_u *, *numFiles); |
| 7 | 541 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
542 // Empty out the list |
| 7 | 543 for (fileCount = 0; fileCount < *numFiles; fileCount++) |
| 544 fnames[fileCount] = NULL; | |
| 545 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
546 // Scan the list of FSSpec |
| 7 | 547 for (fileCount = 1; fileCount <= *numFiles; fileCount++) |
| 548 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
549 // Get the alias for the nth file, convert to an FSSpec |
| 7 | 550 newError = AEGetNthPtr(theList, fileCount, typeFSS, |
| 551 &dummyKeyword, &dummyType, | |
| 552 (Ptr) &fileToOpen, sizeof(FSSpec), &actualSize); | |
| 553 if (newError) | |
| 554 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
555 // Caller is able to clean up |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
556 // TODO: Should be clean up or not? For safety. |
| 1107 | 557 return fnames; |
| 7 | 558 } |
| 559 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
560 // Convert the FSSpec to a pathname |
| 9 | 561 fnames[fileCount - 1] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(fileToOpen); |
| 7 | 562 } |
| 563 | |
| 564 return (fnames); | |
| 565 } | |
| 566 | |
| 567 /* | |
| 568 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 569 * CodeWarrior External Editor Support | |
| 570 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 571 */ | |
| 572 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR | |
| 573 | |
| 574 /* | |
| 575 * Handle the Window Search event from CodeWarrior | |
| 576 * | |
| 577 * Description | |
| 578 * ----------- | |
| 579 * | |
| 580 * The IDE sends the Window Search AppleEvent to the editor when it | |
| 581 * needs to know whether a particular file is open in the editor. | |
| 582 * | |
| 583 * Event Reply | |
| 584 * ----------- | |
| 585 * | |
| 586 * None. Put data in the location specified in the structure received. | |
| 587 * | |
| 588 * Remarks | |
| 589 * ------- | |
| 590 * | |
| 591 * When the editor receives this event, determine whether the specified | |
| 592 * file is open. If it is, return the modification date/time for that file | |
| 593 * in the appropriate location specified in the structure. If the file is | |
| 9 | 594 * not opened, put the value fnfErr(file not found) in that location. |
| 7 | 595 * |
| 596 */ | |
| 597 | |
| 598 typedef struct WindowSearch WindowSearch; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
599 struct WindowSearch // for handling class 'KAHL', event 'SRCH', keyDirectObject typeChar |
| 7 | 600 { |
| 601 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file | |
| 602 long *theDate; // where to put the modification date/time | |
| 603 }; | |
| 604 | |
| 9 | 605 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 606 Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE( |
| 607 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 608 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 609 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 610 { |
| 611 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 612 buf_T *buf; | |
| 613 int foundFile = false; | |
| 614 DescType typeCode; | |
| 615 WindowSearch SearchData; | |
| 616 Size actualSize; | |
| 617 | |
| 618 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &SearchData, sizeof(WindowSearch), &actualSize); | |
| 619 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 620 return error; |
| 7 | 621 |
| 9 | 622 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 7 | 623 if (error) |
| 1107 | 624 return error; |
| 7 | 625 |
|
9649
fd9727ae3c49
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/2932359000b2f918d5fade79ea4d124d5943cd07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9428
diff
changeset
|
626 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) |
| 7 | 627 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL |
| 628 && SearchData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID | |
| 629 && SearchData.theFile.name[0] == buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] | |
| 630 && STRNCMP(SearchData.theFile.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name, buf->b_FSSpec.name[0] + 1) == 0) | |
| 631 { | |
| 632 foundFile = true; | |
| 633 break; | |
| 634 } | |
| 635 | |
| 636 if (foundFile == false) | |
| 637 *SearchData.theDate = fnfErr; | |
| 638 else | |
| 639 *SearchData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
| 640 | |
| 641 return error; | |
| 642 }; | |
| 643 | |
| 644 /* | |
| 645 * Handle the Modified (from IDE to Editor) event from CodeWarrior | |
| 646 * | |
| 647 * Description | |
| 648 * ----------- | |
| 649 * | |
| 650 * The IDE sends this event to the external editor when it wants to | |
| 651 * know which files that are open in the editor have been modified. | |
| 652 * | |
| 653 * Parameters None. | |
| 654 * ---------- | |
| 655 * | |
| 656 * Event Reply | |
| 657 * ----------- | |
| 658 * The reply for this event is: | |
| 659 * | |
| 660 * keyDirectObject typeAEList required | |
| 661 * each element in the list is a structure of typeChar | |
| 662 * | |
| 663 * Remarks | |
| 664 * ------- | |
| 665 * | |
| 666 * When building the reply event, include one element in the list for | |
| 667 * each open file that has been modified. | |
| 668 * | |
| 669 */ | |
| 670 | |
| 671 typedef struct ModificationInfo ModificationInfo; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
672 struct ModificationInfo // for replying to class 'KAHL', event 'MOD ', keyDirectObject typeAEList |
| 7 | 673 { |
| 674 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file | |
| 675 long theDate; // the date/time the file was last modified | |
| 676 short saved; // set this to zero when replying, unused | |
| 677 }; | |
| 678 | |
| 9 | 679 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 680 Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE( |
| 681 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 682 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 683 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 684 { |
| 685 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 686 AEDescList replyList; | |
| 687 long numFiles; | |
| 688 ModificationInfo theFile; | |
| 689 buf_T *buf; | |
| 690 | |
| 691 theFile.saved = 0; | |
| 692 | |
| 9 | 693 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 7 | 694 if (error) |
| 1107 | 695 return error; |
| 7 | 696 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
697 // Send the reply |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
698 // replyObject.descriptorType = typeNull; |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
699 // replyObject.dataHandle = nil; |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
700 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
701 // AECreateDesc(typeChar, (Ptr)&title[1], title[0], &data) |
| 7 | 702 error = AECreateList(nil, 0, false, &replyList); |
| 703 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 704 return error; |
| 7 | 705 |
| 706 #if 0 | |
| 707 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles); | |
| 9 | 708 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
709 // AEPutKeyDesc(&replyList, keyAEPnject, &aDesc) |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
710 // AEPutKeyPtr(&replyList, keyAEPosition, typeChar, (Ptr)&theType, |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
711 // sizeof(DescType)) |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
712 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
713 // AEPutDesc |
| 7 | 714 #endif |
| 715 | |
| 716 numFiles = 0; | |
|
9649
fd9727ae3c49
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/2932359000b2f918d5fade79ea4d124d5943cd07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9428
diff
changeset
|
717 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) |
| 7 | 718 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) |
| 719 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
720 // Add this file to the list |
| 7 | 721 theFile.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec; |
| 722 theFile.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
723 // theFile.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0; |
| 9 | 724 error = AEPutPtr(&replyList, numFiles, typeChar, (Ptr) &theFile, sizeof(theFile)); |
| 7 | 725 }; |
| 726 | |
| 727 #if 0 | |
| 728 error = AECountItems(&replyList, &numFiles); | |
| 729 #endif | |
| 730 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
731 // We can add data only if something to reply |
| 9 | 732 error = AEPutParamDesc(theReply, keyDirectObject, &replyList); |
| 7 | 733 |
| 734 if (replyList.dataHandle) | |
| 735 AEDisposeDesc(&replyList); | |
| 736 | |
| 737 return error; | |
| 738 }; | |
| 739 | |
| 740 /* | |
| 741 * Handle the Get Text event from CodeWarrior | |
| 742 * | |
| 743 * Description | |
| 744 * ----------- | |
| 745 * | |
| 746 * The IDE sends the Get Text AppleEvent to the editor when it needs | |
| 747 * the source code from a file. For example, when the user issues a | |
| 748 * Check Syntax or Compile command, the compiler needs access to | |
| 749 * the source code contained in the file. | |
| 750 * | |
| 751 * Event Reply | |
| 752 * ----------- | |
| 753 * | |
| 754 * None. Put data in locations specified in the structure received. | |
| 755 * | |
| 756 * Remarks | |
| 757 * ------- | |
| 758 * | |
| 759 * When the editor receives this event, it must set the size of the handle | |
| 760 * in theText to fit the data in the file. It must then copy the entire | |
| 761 * contents of the specified file into the memory location specified in | |
| 762 * theText. | |
| 763 * | |
| 764 */ | |
| 765 | |
| 766 typedef struct CW_GetText CW_GetText; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
767 struct CW_GetText // for handling class 'KAHL', event 'GTTX', keyDirectObject typeChar |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
768 { |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
769 FSSpec theFile; // identifies the file |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
770 Handle theText; // the location where you return the text (must be resized properly) |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
771 long *unused; // 0 (not used) |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
772 long *theDate; // where to put the modification date/time |
| 7 | 773 }; |
| 774 | |
| 9 | 775 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 776 Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE( |
| 777 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 778 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 779 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 780 { |
| 781 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 782 buf_T *buf; | |
| 783 int foundFile = false; | |
| 784 DescType typeCode; | |
| 785 CW_GetText GetTextData; | |
| 786 Size actualSize; | |
| 787 char_u *line; | |
| 788 char_u *fullbuffer = NULL; | |
| 789 long linesize; | |
| 790 long lineStart; | |
| 791 long BufferSize; | |
| 792 long lineno; | |
| 793 | |
| 794 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &GetTextData, sizeof(GetTextData), &actualSize); | |
| 795 | |
| 796 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 797 return error; |
| 7 | 798 |
|
9649
fd9727ae3c49
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/2932359000b2f918d5fade79ea4d124d5943cd07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9428
diff
changeset
|
799 FOR_ALL_BUFFERS(buf) |
| 7 | 800 if (buf->b_ml.ml_mfp != NULL) |
| 801 if (GetTextData.theFile.parID == buf->b_FSSpec.parID) | |
| 802 { | |
| 803 foundFile = true; | |
| 804 break; | |
| 805 } | |
| 806 | |
| 807 if (foundFile) | |
| 808 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
809 BufferSize = 0; // GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 810 for (lineno = 0; lineno <= buf->b_ml.ml_line_count; lineno++) |
| 811 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
812 // Must use the right buffer |
| 7 | 813 line = ml_get_buf(buf, (linenr_T) lineno, FALSE); |
| 814 linesize = STRLEN(line) + 1; | |
| 815 lineStart = BufferSize; | |
| 816 BufferSize += linesize; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
817 // Resize handle to linesize+1 to include the linefeed |
| 9 | 818 SetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText, BufferSize); |
| 819 if (GetHandleSize(GetTextData.theText) != BufferSize) | |
| 7 | 820 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
821 break; // Simple handling for now |
| 7 | 822 } |
| 823 else | |
| 824 { | |
| 9 | 825 HLock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 826 fullbuffer = (char_u *) *GetTextData.theText; |
| 9 | 827 STRCPY((char_u *)(fullbuffer + lineStart), line); |
| 7 | 828 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = '\r'; |
| 9 | 829 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 830 } |
| 831 } | |
| 832 if (fullbuffer != NULL) | |
| 833 { | |
| 9 | 834 HLock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 835 fullbuffer[BufferSize-1] = 0; |
| 9 | 836 HUnlock(GetTextData.theText); |
| 7 | 837 } |
| 838 if (foundFile == false) | |
| 839 *GetTextData.theDate = fnfErr; | |
| 840 else | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
841 // *GetTextData.theDate = time(NULL) & (time_t) 0xFFFFFFF0; |
| 7 | 842 *GetTextData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; |
| 843 } | |
| 9 | 844 |
| 845 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); | |
| 1107 | 846 |
| 847 return error; | |
| 7 | 848 } |
| 849 | |
| 850 /* | |
| 851 * | |
| 852 */ | |
| 853 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
854 /* |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
855 * Taken from MoreAppleEvents:ProcessHelpers |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
856 */ |
| 593 | 857 pascal OSErr |
| 858 FindProcessBySignature( | |
| 859 const OSType targetType, | |
| 860 const OSType targetCreator, | |
| 861 ProcessSerialNumberPtr psnPtr) | |
| 7 | 862 { |
| 863 OSErr anErr = noErr; | |
| 864 Boolean lookingForProcess = true; | |
| 865 | |
| 866 ProcessInfoRec infoRec; | |
| 867 | |
| 9 | 868 infoRec.processInfoLength = sizeof(ProcessInfoRec); |
| 7 | 869 infoRec.processName = nil; |
| 870 infoRec.processAppSpec = nil; | |
| 871 | |
| 872 psnPtr->lowLongOfPSN = kNoProcess; | |
| 873 psnPtr->highLongOfPSN = kNoProcess; | |
| 874 | |
| 9 | 875 while (lookingForProcess) |
| 7 | 876 { |
| 9 | 877 anErr = GetNextProcess(psnPtr); |
| 878 if (anErr != noErr) | |
| 7 | 879 lookingForProcess = false; |
| 880 else | |
| 881 { | |
| 9 | 882 anErr = GetProcessInformation(psnPtr, &infoRec); |
| 883 if ((anErr == noErr) | |
| 884 && (infoRec.processType == targetType) | |
| 885 && (infoRec.processSignature == targetCreator)) | |
| 7 | 886 lookingForProcess = false; |
| 887 } | |
| 888 } | |
| 889 | |
| 890 return anErr; | |
| 891 }//end FindProcessBySignature | |
| 892 | |
| 9 | 893 void |
| 894 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf_T *buf) | |
| 7 | 895 { |
| 9 | 896 OSErr anErr = noErr; |
| 897 AEDesc targetAppDesc = { typeNull, nil }; | |
| 7 | 898 ProcessSerialNumber psn = { kNoProcess, kNoProcess }; |
| 899 AppleEvent theReply = { typeNull, nil }; | |
| 900 AESendMode sendMode; | |
| 901 AppleEvent theEvent = {typeNull, nil }; | |
| 902 AEIdleUPP idleProcUPP = nil; | |
| 903 ModificationInfo ModData; | |
| 904 | |
| 905 | |
| 9 | 906 anErr = FindProcessBySignature('APPL', 'CWIE', &psn); |
| 907 if (anErr == noErr) | |
| 7 | 908 { |
| 9 | 909 anErr = AECreateDesc(typeProcessSerialNumber, &psn, |
| 910 sizeof(ProcessSerialNumber), &targetAppDesc); | |
| 911 | |
| 912 if (anErr == noErr) | |
| 7 | 913 { |
| 914 anErr = AECreateAppleEvent( 'KAHL', 'MOD ', &targetAppDesc, | |
| 915 kAutoGenerateReturnID, kAnyTransactionID, &theEvent); | |
| 916 } | |
| 917 | |
| 9 | 918 AEDisposeDesc(&targetAppDesc); |
| 7 | 919 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
920 // Add the parms |
| 7 | 921 ModData.theFile = buf->b_FSSpec; |
| 922 ModData.theDate = buf->b_mtime; | |
| 923 | |
| 924 if (anErr == noErr) | |
| 9 | 925 anErr = AEPutParamPtr(&theEvent, keyDirectObject, typeChar, &ModData, sizeof(ModData)); |
| 926 | |
| 927 if (idleProcUPP == nil) | |
| 7 | 928 sendMode = kAENoReply; |
| 929 else | |
| 930 sendMode = kAEWaitReply; | |
| 931 | |
| 9 | 932 if (anErr == noErr) |
| 933 anErr = AESend(&theEvent, &theReply, sendMode, kAENormalPriority, kNoTimeOut, idleProcUPP, nil); | |
| 934 if (anErr == noErr && sendMode == kAEWaitReply) | |
| 7 | 935 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
936 // anErr = AEHGetHandlerError(&theReply); |
| 7 | 937 } |
| 9 | 938 (void) AEDisposeDesc(&theReply); |
| 7 | 939 } |
| 940 } | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
941 #endif // FEAT_CW_EDITOR |
| 7 | 942 |
| 943 /* | |
| 944 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 945 * Apple Event Handling procedure | |
| 946 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 947 */ | |
| 948 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 949 | |
| 950 /* | |
| 951 * Handle the Unused parms of an AppleEvent | |
| 952 */ | |
| 953 | |
| 9 | 954 OSErr |
| 955 HandleUnusedParms(const AppleEvent *theAEvent) | |
| 7 | 956 { |
| 957 OSErr error; | |
| 958 long actualSize; | |
| 959 DescType dummyType; | |
| 960 AEKeyword missedKeyword; | |
| 961 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
962 // Get the "missed keyword" attribute from the AppleEvent. |
| 7 | 963 error = AEGetAttributePtr(theAEvent, keyMissedKeywordAttr, |
| 964 typeKeyword, &dummyType, | |
| 965 (Ptr)&missedKeyword, sizeof(missedKeyword), | |
| 966 &actualSize); | |
| 967 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
968 // If the descriptor isn't found, then we got the required parameters. |
| 7 | 969 if (error == errAEDescNotFound) |
| 970 { | |
| 971 error = noErr; | |
| 972 } | |
| 973 else | |
| 974 { | |
| 975 #if 0 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
976 // Why is this removed? |
| 7 | 977 error = errAEEventNotHandled; |
| 978 #endif | |
| 979 } | |
| 980 | |
| 981 return error; | |
| 982 } | |
| 983 | |
| 984 | |
| 985 /* | |
| 986 * Handle the ODoc AppleEvent | |
| 987 * | |
| 988 * Deals with all files dragged to the application icon. | |
| 989 * | |
| 990 */ | |
| 991 | |
| 992 typedef struct SelectionRange SelectionRange; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
993 struct SelectionRange // for handling kCoreClassEvent:kOpenDocuments:keyAEPosition typeChar |
| 7 | 994 { |
| 995 short unused1; // 0 (not used) | |
| 996 short lineNum; // line to select (<0 to specify range) | |
| 997 long startRange; // start of selection range (if line < 0) | |
| 998 long endRange; // end of selection range (if line < 0) | |
| 999 long unused2; // 0 (not used) | |
| 1000 long theDate; // modification date/time | |
| 1001 }; | |
| 1002 | |
|
14428
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1003 static long drop_numFiles; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1004 static short drop_gotPosition; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1005 static SelectionRange drop_thePosition; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1006 |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1007 static void |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1008 drop_callback(void *cookie UNUSED) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1009 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1010 // TODO: Handle the goto/select line more cleanly |
|
14428
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1011 if ((drop_numFiles == 1) & (drop_gotPosition)) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1012 { |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1013 if (drop_thePosition.lineNum >= 0) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1014 { |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1015 lnum = drop_thePosition.lineNum + 1; |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1016 // oap->motion_type = MLINE; |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1017 // setpcmark(); |
|
14428
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1018 if (lnum < 1L) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1019 lnum = 1L; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1020 else if (lnum > curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1021 lnum = curbuf->b_ml.ml_line_count; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1022 curwin->w_cursor.lnum = lnum; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1023 curwin->w_cursor.col = 0; |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1024 // beginline(BL_SOL | BL_FIX); |
|
14428
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1025 } |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1026 else |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1027 goto_byte(drop_thePosition.startRange + 1); |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1028 } |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1029 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1030 // Update the screen display |
|
14428
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1031 update_screen(NOT_VALID); |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1032 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1033 // Select the text if possible |
|
14428
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1034 if (drop_gotPosition) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1035 { |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1036 VIsual_active = TRUE; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1037 VIsual_select = FALSE; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1038 VIsual = curwin->w_cursor; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1039 if (drop_thePosition.lineNum < 0) |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1040 { |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1041 VIsual_mode = 'v'; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1042 goto_byte(drop_thePosition.endRange); |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1043 } |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1044 else |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1045 { |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1046 VIsual_mode = 'V'; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1047 VIsual.col = 0; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1048 } |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1049 } |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1050 } |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1051 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1052 /* |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1053 * The IDE uses the optional keyAEPosition parameter to tell the ed- |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1054 * itor the selection range. If lineNum is zero or greater, scroll the text |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1055 * to the specified line. If lineNum is less than zero, use the values in |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1056 * startRange and endRange to select the specified characters. Scroll |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1057 * the text to display the selection. If lineNum, startRange, and |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1058 * endRange are all negative, there is no selection range specified. |
| 7 | 1059 */ |
| 9 | 1060 pascal OSErr |
| 1061 HandleODocAE(const AppleEvent *theAEvent, AppleEvent *theReply, long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1062 { |
| 1063 /* | |
| 1064 * TODO: Clean up the code with convert the AppleEvent into | |
| 1065 * a ":args" | |
| 1066 */ | |
| 1067 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1068 // OSErr firstError = noErr; | |
| 1069 // short numErrors = 0; | |
| 1070 AEDesc theList; | |
| 1071 DescType typeCode; | |
| 1072 long numFiles; | |
| 1073 // long fileCount; | |
| 1074 char_u **fnames; | |
| 1075 // char_u fname[256]; | |
| 1076 Size actualSize; | |
| 1077 SelectionRange thePosition; | |
| 1078 short gotPosition = false; | |
| 1079 long lnum; | |
| 1080 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1081 // the direct object parameter is the list of aliases to files (one or more) |
| 7 | 1082 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyDirectObject, typeAEList, &theList); |
| 1083 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 1084 return error; |
| 7 | 1085 |
| 1086 | |
| 1087 error = AEGetParamPtr(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &typeCode, (Ptr) &thePosition, sizeof(SelectionRange), &actualSize); | |
| 1088 if (error == noErr) | |
| 1089 gotPosition = true; | |
| 1090 if (error == errAEDescNotFound) | |
| 1091 error = noErr; | |
| 1092 if (error) | |
| 1107 | 1093 return error; |
| 7 | 1094 |
| 1095 /* | |
| 1096 error = AEGetParamDesc(theAEvent, keyAEPosition, typeChar, &thePosition); | |
| 1097 | |
| 1098 if (^error) then | |
| 1099 { | |
| 1100 if (thePosition.lineNum >= 0) | |
| 1101 { | |
| 1102 // Goto this line | |
| 1103 } | |
| 1104 else | |
| 1105 { | |
| 1106 // Set the range char wise | |
| 1107 } | |
| 1108 } | |
| 1109 */ | |
| 1110 | |
| 1111 reset_VIsual(); | |
| 1112 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&theList, &numFiles, &error); | |
| 1113 | |
| 1114 if (error) | |
| 1115 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1116 // TODO: empty fnames[] first |
| 7 | 1117 vim_free(fnames); |
| 1118 return (error); | |
| 1119 } | |
| 1120 | |
| 1121 if (starting > 0) | |
| 1122 { | |
| 1123 int i; | |
| 1124 char_u *p; | |
| 1409 | 1125 int fnum = -1; |
| 7 | 1126 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1127 // these are the initial files dropped on the Vim icon |
| 7 | 1128 for (i = 0 ; i < numFiles; i++) |
| 1129 { | |
| 1130 if (ga_grow(&global_alist.al_ga, 1) == FAIL | |
| 1131 || (p = vim_strsave(fnames[i])) == NULL) | |
| 1132 mch_exit(2); | |
| 1133 else | |
| 1134 alist_add(&global_alist, p, 2); | |
| 1409 | 1135 if (fnum == -1) |
| 1136 fnum = GARGLIST[GARGCOUNT - 1].ae_fnum; | |
| 1137 } | |
| 1138 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1139 // If the file name was already in the buffer list we need to switch |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1140 // to it. |
| 1409 | 1141 if (curbuf->b_fnum != fnum) |
| 1142 { | |
| 1143 char_u cmd[30]; | |
| 1144 | |
| 1145 vim_snprintf((char *)cmd, 30, "silent %dbuffer", fnum); | |
| 1146 do_cmdline_cmd(cmd); | |
| 7 | 1147 } |
| 816 | 1148 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1149 // Change directory to the location of the first file. |
|
13170
6559e98f3e74
patch 8.0.1459: cannot handle change of directory
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13152
diff
changeset
|
1150 if (GARGCOUNT > 0 |
|
6559e98f3e74
patch 8.0.1459: cannot handle change of directory
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13152
diff
changeset
|
1151 && vim_chdirfile(alist_name(&GARGLIST[0]), "drop") == OK) |
| 816 | 1152 shorten_fnames(TRUE); |
| 1153 | |
| 7 | 1154 goto finished; |
| 1155 } | |
| 1156 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1157 // Handle the drop, :edit to get to the file |
|
14428
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1158 drop_numFiles = numFiles; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1159 drop_gotPosition = gotPosition; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1160 drop_thePosition = thePosition; |
|
aab5947be7c5
patch 8.1.0228: dropping files is ignored while Vim is busy
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13950
diff
changeset
|
1161 handle_drop(numFiles, fnames, FALSE, drop_callback, NULL); |
| 5735 | 1162 |
| 7 | 1163 setcursor(); |
| 1164 out_flush(); | |
| 1165 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1166 // Fake mouse event to wake from stall |
| 37 | 1167 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0); |
| 1168 | |
| 1107 | 1169 finished: |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1170 AEDisposeDesc(&theList); // dispose what we allocated |
| 7 | 1171 |
| 9 | 1172 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1173 return error; |
| 7 | 1174 } |
| 1175 | |
| 1176 /* | |
| 1177 * | |
| 1178 */ | |
| 9 | 1179 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1180 Handle_aevt_oapp_AE( |
| 1181 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1182 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1183 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1184 { |
| 1185 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1186 | |
| 9 | 1187 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1188 return error; |
| 7 | 1189 } |
| 1190 | |
| 1191 /* | |
| 1192 * | |
| 1193 */ | |
| 9 | 1194 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1195 Handle_aevt_quit_AE( |
| 1196 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1197 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1198 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1199 { |
| 1200 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1201 | |
| 9 | 1202 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 7 | 1203 if (error) |
| 1107 | 1204 return error; |
| 7 | 1205 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1206 // Need to fake a :confirm qa |
| 7 | 1207 do_cmdline_cmd((char_u *)"confirm qa"); |
| 1208 | |
| 1107 | 1209 return error; |
| 7 | 1210 } |
| 1211 | |
| 1212 /* | |
| 1213 * | |
| 1214 */ | |
| 9 | 1215 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1216 Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE( |
| 1217 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1218 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1219 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1220 { |
| 1221 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1222 | |
| 9 | 1223 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1224 |
| 1225 return error; | |
| 7 | 1226 } |
| 1227 | |
| 1228 /* | |
| 1229 * Handling of unknown AppleEvent | |
| 1230 * | |
| 1231 * (Just get rid of all the parms) | |
| 1232 */ | |
| 9 | 1233 pascal OSErr |
| 593 | 1234 Handle_unknown_AE( |
| 1235 const AppleEvent *theAEvent, | |
| 1236 AppleEvent *theReply, | |
| 1237 long refCon) | |
| 7 | 1238 { |
| 1239 OSErr error = noErr; | |
| 1240 | |
| 9 | 1241 error = HandleUnusedParms(theAEvent); |
| 1107 | 1242 |
| 1243 return error; | |
| 7 | 1244 } |
| 1245 | |
| 1246 | |
| 1247 /* | |
| 1248 * Install the various AppleEvent Handlers | |
| 1249 */ | |
| 9 | 1250 OSErr |
| 1251 InstallAEHandlers(void) | |
| 7 | 1252 { |
| 1253 OSErr error; | |
| 1254 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1255 // install open application handler |
| 7 | 1256 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenApplication, |
| 593 | 1257 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_oapp_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1258 if (error) |
| 1259 return error; | |
| 1260 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1261 // install quit application handler |
| 7 | 1262 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEQuitApplication, |
| 593 | 1263 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_quit_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1264 if (error) |
| 1265 return error; | |
| 1266 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1267 // install open document handler |
| 7 | 1268 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEOpenDocuments, |
| 593 | 1269 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(HandleODocAE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1270 if (error) |
| 1271 return error; | |
| 1272 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1273 // install print document handler |
| 7 | 1274 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kCoreEventClass, kAEPrintDocuments, |
| 593 | 1275 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_aevt_pdoc_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1276 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1277 // Install Core Suite |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1278 #if 0 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1279 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClone, |
| 593 | 1280 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1281 |
| 1282 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEClose, | |
| 593 | 1283 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1284 |
| 1285 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECountElements, | |
| 593 | 1286 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1287 |
| 1288 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAECreateElement, | |
| 593 | 1289 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1290 |
| 1291 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDelete, | |
| 593 | 1292 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1293 |
| 1294 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEDoObjectsExist, | |
| 593 | 1295 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1296 |
| 1297 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetData, | |
| 593 | 1298 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetData, false); |
| 7 | 1299 |
| 1300 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetDataSize, | |
| 593 | 1301 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), kAEGetDataSize, false); |
| 7 | 1302 |
| 1303 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetClassInfo, | |
| 593 | 1304 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1305 |
| 1306 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEGetEventInfo, | |
| 593 | 1307 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1308 |
| 1309 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAEMove, | |
| 593 | 1310 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1311 |
| 1312 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESave, | |
| 593 | 1313 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
| 7 | 1314 |
| 1315 error = AEInstallEventHandler(kAECoreSuite, kAESetData, | |
| 593 | 1316 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_unknown_AE), nil, false); |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1317 #endif |
| 7 | 1318 |
| 1319 #ifdef FEAT_CW_EDITOR | |
| 1320 /* | |
| 1321 * Bind codewarrior support handlers | |
| 1322 */ | |
| 1323 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'GTTX', | |
| 593 | 1324 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_GTTX_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1325 if (error) |
| 1326 return error; | |
| 1327 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'SRCH', | |
| 593 | 1328 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_SRCH_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1329 if (error) |
| 1330 return error; | |
| 1331 error = AEInstallEventHandler('KAHL', 'MOD ', | |
| 593 | 1332 NewAEEventHandlerUPP(Handle_KAHL_MOD_AE), 0, false); |
| 7 | 1333 #endif |
| 1334 | |
| 1335 return error; | |
| 1336 | |
| 1337 } | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1338 #endif // USE_AEVENT |
| 7 | 1339 |
| 13 | 1340 |
| 1341 /* | |
| 1342 * Callback function, installed by InstallFontPanelHandler(), below, | |
| 1343 * to handle Font Panel events. | |
| 1344 */ | |
| 1345 static OSStatus | |
| 593 | 1346 FontPanelHandler( |
| 1347 EventHandlerCallRef inHandlerCallRef, | |
| 1348 EventRef inEvent, | |
| 1349 void *inUserData) | |
| 13 | 1350 { |
| 1351 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontPanelClosed) | |
| 1352 { | |
| 1353 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = false; | |
| 1354 return noErr; | |
| 1355 } | |
| 1356 | |
| 1357 if (GetEventKind(inEvent) == kEventFontSelection) | |
| 1358 { | |
| 1359 OSStatus status; | |
| 1360 FMFontFamily newFamily; | |
| 1361 FMFontSize newSize; | |
| 1362 FMFontStyle newStyle; | |
| 1363 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1364 // Retrieve the font family ID number. |
| 13 | 1365 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontFamily, |
| 1366 /*inDesiredType=*/typeFMFontFamily, /*outActualType=*/NULL, | |
| 1367 /*inBufferSize=*/sizeof(FMFontFamily), /*outActualSize=*/NULL, | |
| 1368 &newFamily); | |
| 1369 if (status == noErr) | |
| 1370 gFontPanelInfo.family = newFamily; | |
| 1371 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1372 // Retrieve the font size. |
| 13 | 1373 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontSize, |
| 1374 typeFMFontSize, NULL, sizeof(FMFontSize), NULL, &newSize); | |
| 1375 if (status == noErr) | |
| 1376 gFontPanelInfo.size = newSize; | |
| 1377 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1378 // Retrieve the font style (bold, etc.). Currently unused. |
| 13 | 1379 status = GetEventParameter(inEvent, kEventParamFMFontStyle, |
| 1380 typeFMFontStyle, NULL, sizeof(FMFontStyle), NULL, &newStyle); | |
| 1381 if (status == noErr) | |
| 1382 gFontPanelInfo.style = newStyle; | |
| 1383 } | |
| 1384 return noErr; | |
| 1385 } | |
| 1386 | |
| 1387 | |
| 1388 static void | |
| 593 | 1389 InstallFontPanelHandler(void) |
| 13 | 1390 { |
| 1391 EventTypeSpec eventTypes[2]; | |
| 1392 EventHandlerUPP handlerUPP; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1393 // EventHandlerRef handlerRef; |
| 13 | 1394 |
| 1395 eventTypes[0].eventClass = kEventClassFont; | |
| 1396 eventTypes[0].eventKind = kEventFontSelection; | |
| 1397 eventTypes[1].eventClass = kEventClassFont; | |
| 1398 eventTypes[1].eventKind = kEventFontPanelClosed; | |
| 1399 | |
| 1400 handlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(FontPanelHandler); | |
| 1401 | |
| 1402 InstallApplicationEventHandler(handlerUPP, /*numTypes=*/2, eventTypes, | |
| 1403 /*userData=*/NULL, /*handlerRef=*/NULL); | |
| 1404 } | |
| 1405 | |
| 1406 | |
| 1407 /* | |
| 1408 * Fill the buffer pointed to by outName with the name and size | |
| 1409 * of the font currently selected in the Font Panel. | |
| 1410 */ | |
| 168 | 1411 #define FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE 32 |
| 13 | 1412 static void |
| 501 | 1413 GetFontPanelSelection(char_u *outName) |
| 13 | 1414 { |
| 168 | 1415 Str255 buf; |
| 1416 ByteCount fontNameLen = 0; | |
| 1417 ATSUFontID fid; | |
| 1418 char_u styleString[FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE]; | |
| 13 | 1419 |
| 1420 if (!outName) | |
| 1421 return; | |
| 1422 | |
| 168 | 1423 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(gFontPanelInfo.family, buf) == noErr) |
| 1424 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1425 // Canonicalize localized font names |
| 168 | 1426 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(gFontPanelInfo.family, |
| 1427 gFontPanelInfo.style, &fid, NULL) != noErr) | |
| 1428 return; | |
| 1429 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1430 // Request font name with Mac encoding (otherwise we could |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1431 // get an unwanted utf-16 name) |
| 168 | 1432 if (ATSUFindFontName(fid, kFontFullName, kFontMacintoshPlatform, |
| 1433 kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode, | |
| 501 | 1434 255, (char *)outName, &fontNameLen, NULL) != noErr) |
| 168 | 1435 return; |
| 1436 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1437 // Only encode font size, because style (bold, italic, etc) is |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1438 // already part of the font full name |
| 501 | 1439 vim_snprintf((char *)styleString, FONT_STYLE_BUFFER_SIZE, ":h%d", |
| 168 | 1440 gFontPanelInfo.size/*, |
| 1441 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & bold)!=0 ? ":b" : ""), | |
| 1442 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & italic)!=0 ? ":i" : ""), | |
| 1443 ((gFontPanelInfo.style & underline)!=0 ? ":u" : "")*/); | |
| 1444 | |
| 1445 if ((fontNameLen + STRLEN(styleString)) < 255) | |
| 1446 STRCPY(outName + fontNameLen, styleString); | |
| 1447 } | |
| 1448 else | |
| 1449 { | |
| 501 | 1450 *outName = NUL; |
| 168 | 1451 } |
| 13 | 1452 } |
| 1453 | |
| 1454 | |
| 7 | 1455 /* |
| 1456 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1457 * Unfiled yet | |
| 1458 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1459 */ | |
| 1460 | |
| 1461 /* | |
| 1462 * gui_mac_get_menu_item_index | |
| 1463 * | |
| 4352 | 1464 * Returns the index inside the menu where |
| 7 | 1465 */ |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1466 short // Should we return MenuItemIndex? |
| 593 | 1467 gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(vimmenu_T *pMenu) |
| 7 | 1468 { |
| 1469 short index; | |
| 1470 short itemIndex = -1; | |
| 1471 vimmenu_T *pBrother; | |
| 1472 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1473 // Only menu without parent are the: |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1474 // -menu in the menubar |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1475 // -popup menu |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1476 // -toolbar (guess) |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1477 // |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1478 // Which are not items anyway. |
| 7 | 1479 if (pMenu->parent) |
| 1480 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1481 // Start from the Oldest Brother |
| 7 | 1482 pBrother = pMenu->parent->children; |
| 1483 index = 1; | |
| 1484 while ((pBrother) && (itemIndex == -1)) | |
| 1485 { | |
| 1486 if (pBrother == pMenu) | |
| 1487 itemIndex = index; | |
| 1488 index++; | |
| 1489 pBrother = pBrother->next; | |
| 1490 } | |
| 1491 } | |
| 1492 return itemIndex; | |
| 1493 } | |
| 1494 | |
| 1495 static vimmenu_T * | |
| 593 | 1496 gui_mac_get_vim_menu(short menuID, short itemIndex, vimmenu_T *pMenu) |
| 7 | 1497 { |
| 1498 short index; | |
| 1499 vimmenu_T *pChildMenu; | |
| 1500 vimmenu_T *pElder = pMenu->parent; | |
| 1501 | |
| 1502 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1503 // Only menu without parent are the: |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1504 // -menu in the menubar |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1505 // -popup menu |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1506 // -toolbar (guess) |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1507 // |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1508 // Which are not items anyway. |
| 7 | 1509 |
| 1510 if ((pElder) && (pElder->submenu_id == menuID)) | |
| 1511 { | |
| 1512 for (index = 1; (index != itemIndex) && (pMenu != NULL); index++) | |
| 1513 pMenu = pMenu->next; | |
| 1514 } | |
| 1515 else | |
| 1516 { | |
| 1517 for (; pMenu != NULL; pMenu = pMenu->next) | |
| 1518 { | |
| 1519 if (pMenu->children != NULL) | |
| 1520 { | |
| 1521 pChildMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu | |
| 1522 (menuID, itemIndex, pMenu->children); | |
| 1523 if (pChildMenu) | |
| 1524 { | |
| 1525 pMenu = pChildMenu; | |
| 1526 break; | |
| 1527 } | |
| 1528 } | |
| 1529 } | |
| 1530 } | |
| 1531 return pMenu; | |
| 1532 } | |
| 1533 | |
| 1534 /* | |
| 1535 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1536 * MacOS Feedback procedures | |
| 1537 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1538 */ | |
| 1539 pascal | |
| 1540 void | |
| 9 | 1541 gui_mac_drag_thumb(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode) |
| 7 | 1542 { |
| 1543 scrollbar_T *sb; | |
| 1544 int value, dragging; | |
| 1545 ControlHandle theControlToUse; | |
| 1546 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll; | |
| 1547 | |
| 1548 theControlToUse = dragged_sb; | |
| 1549 | |
| 9 | 1550 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long) GetControlReference(theControlToUse)); |
| 7 | 1551 |
| 1552 if (sb == NULL) | |
| 1553 return; | |
| 1554 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1555 // Need to find value by diff between Old Poss New Pos |
| 9 | 1556 value = GetControl32BitValue(theControlToUse); |
| 7 | 1557 dragging = (partCode != 0); |
| 1558 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1559 // When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1560 // position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". |
| 7 | 1561 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar; |
| 1562 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging); | |
| 1563 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save; | |
| 1564 } | |
| 1565 | |
| 1566 pascal | |
| 1567 void | |
| 9 | 1568 gui_mac_scroll_action(ControlHandle theControl, short partCode) |
| 7 | 1569 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1570 // TODO: have live support |
| 7 | 1571 scrollbar_T *sb, *sb_info; |
| 1572 long data; | |
| 1573 long value; | |
| 1574 int page; | |
| 1575 int dragging = FALSE; | |
| 1576 int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll; | |
| 1577 | |
| 9 | 1578 sb = gui_find_scrollbar((long)GetControlReference(theControl)); |
| 7 | 1579 |
| 1580 if (sb == NULL) | |
| 1581 return; | |
| 1582 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1583 if (sb->wp != NULL) // Left or right scrollbar |
| 7 | 1584 { |
| 1585 /* | |
| 1586 * Careful: need to get scrollbar info out of first (left) scrollbar | |
| 1587 * for window, but keep real scrollbar too because we must pass it to | |
| 1588 * gui_drag_scrollbar(). | |
| 1589 */ | |
| 1590 sb_info = &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[0]; | |
| 1591 | |
| 1592 if (sb_info->size > 5) | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1593 page = sb_info->size - 2; // use two lines of context |
| 7 | 1594 else |
| 1595 page = sb_info->size; | |
| 1596 } | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1597 else // Bottom scrollbar |
| 7 | 1598 { |
| 1599 sb_info = sb; | |
|
12515
972ea22c946f
patch 8.0.1136: W_WIDTH() is always the same
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12317
diff
changeset
|
1600 page = curwin->w_width - 5; |
| 7 | 1601 } |
| 1602 | |
| 1603 switch (partCode) | |
| 1604 { | |
| 1605 case kControlUpButtonPart: data = -1; break; | |
| 1606 case kControlDownButtonPart: data = 1; break; | |
| 1607 case kControlPageDownPart: data = page; break; | |
| 1608 case kControlPageUpPart: data = -page; break; | |
| 1609 default: data = 0; break; | |
| 1610 } | |
| 1611 | |
| 1612 value = sb_info->value + data; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1613 // if (value > sb_info->max) |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1614 // value = sb_info->max; |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1615 // else if (value < 0) |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1616 // value = 0; |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1617 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1618 // When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1619 // position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". |
| 7 | 1620 dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar; |
| 1621 gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, value, dragging); | |
| 1622 dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save; | |
| 1623 | |
| 1624 out_flush(); | |
| 1625 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max); | |
| 1626 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1627 #if 0 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1628 if (sb_info->wp != NULL) |
| 7 | 1629 { |
| 1630 win_T *wp; | |
| 1631 int sb_num; | |
| 1632 | |
| 1633 sb_num = 0; | |
| 1634 for (wp = firstwin; wp != sb->wp && wp != NULL; wp = W_NEXT(wp)) | |
| 1635 sb_num++; | |
| 1636 | |
| 1637 if (wp != NULL) | |
| 1638 { | |
| 1639 current_scrollbar = sb_num; | |
| 1640 scrollbar_value = value; | |
| 1641 gui_do_scroll(); | |
| 1642 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(sb, value, sb_info->size, sb_info->max); | |
| 1643 } | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1644 } |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1645 #endif |
| 7 | 1646 } |
| 1647 | |
| 1648 /* | |
| 1649 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1650 * MacOS Click Handling procedures | |
| 1651 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1652 */ | |
| 1653 | |
| 1654 | |
| 1655 /* | |
| 1656 * Handle a click inside the window, it may happens in the | |
| 1657 * scrollbar or the contents. | |
| 1658 * | |
| 1659 * TODO: Add support for potential TOOLBAR | |
| 1660 */ | |
| 1661 void | |
| 593 | 1662 gui_mac_doInContentClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1663 { |
| 1664 Point thePoint; | |
| 1665 int_u vimModifiers; | |
| 1666 short thePortion; | |
| 1667 ControlHandle theControl; | |
| 1668 int vimMouseButton; | |
| 1669 short dblClick; | |
| 1670 | |
| 1671 thePoint = theEvent->where; | |
| 9 | 1672 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
| 1673 SelectWindow(whichWindow); | |
| 1674 | |
| 1675 thePortion = FindControl(thePoint, whichWindow, &theControl); | |
| 7 | 1676 |
| 1677 if (theControl != NUL) | |
| 1678 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1679 // We hit a scrollbar |
| 7 | 1680 |
| 1681 if (thePortion != kControlIndicatorPart) | |
| 1682 { | |
| 1683 dragged_sb = theControl; | |
| 1684 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollAction); | |
| 1685 dragged_sb = NULL; | |
| 1686 } | |
| 1687 else | |
| 1688 { | |
| 1689 dragged_sb = theControl; | |
| 1690 #if 1 | |
| 1691 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, gScrollDrag); | |
| 1692 #else | |
| 1693 TrackControl(theControl, thePoint, NULL); | |
| 1694 #endif | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1695 // pass 0 as the part to tell gui_mac_drag_thumb, that the mouse |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1696 // button has been released |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1697 gui_mac_drag_thumb(theControl, 0); // Should it be thePortion ? (Dany) |
| 7 | 1698 dragged_sb = NULL; |
| 1699 } | |
| 1700 } | |
| 1701 else | |
| 1702 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1703 // We are inside the contents |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1704 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1705 // Convert the CTRL, OPTION, SHIFT and CMD key |
| 7 | 1706 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); |
| 1707 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1708 // Defaults to MOUSE_LEFT as there's only one mouse button |
| 7 | 1709 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_LEFT; |
| 1710 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1711 // Convert the CTRL_MOUSE_LEFT to MOUSE_RIGHT |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1712 // TODO: NEEDED? |
| 7 | 1713 clickIsPopup = FALSE; |
| 1714 | |
| 1292 | 1715 if (mouse_model_popup() && IsShowContextualMenuClick(theEvent)) |
| 1716 { | |
| 1717 vimMouseButton = MOUSE_RIGHT; | |
| 1718 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 1719 clickIsPopup = TRUE; | |
| 1720 } | |
| 7 | 1721 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1722 // Is it a double click ? |
| 7 | 1723 dblClick = ((theEvent->when - lastMouseTick) < GetDblTime()); |
| 1724 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1725 // Send the mouse click to Vim |
| 7 | 1726 gui_send_mouse_event(vimMouseButton, thePoint.h, |
| 1727 thePoint.v, dblClick, vimModifiers); | |
| 1728 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1729 // Create the rectangle around the cursor to detect |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1730 // the mouse dragging |
| 7 | 1731 #if 0 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1732 // TODO: Do we need to this even for the contextual menu? |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1733 // It may be require for popup_setpos, but for popup? |
| 7 | 1734 if (vimMouseButton == MOUSE_LEFT) |
| 1735 #endif | |
| 1736 { | |
| 9 | 1737 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)), |
| 7 | 1738 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)), |
| 1739 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1), | |
| 1740 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1)); | |
| 1741 | |
| 1742 dragRectEnbl = TRUE; | |
| 1743 dragRectControl = kCreateRect; | |
| 1744 } | |
| 1745 } | |
| 1746 } | |
| 1747 | |
| 1748 /* | |
| 1749 * Handle the click in the titlebar (to move the window) | |
| 1750 */ | |
| 1751 void | |
| 593 | 1752 gui_mac_doInDragClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1753 { |
| 1754 Rect movingLimits; | |
| 1755 Rect *movingLimitsPtr = &movingLimits; | |
| 1756 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1757 // TODO: may try to prevent move outside screen? |
| 9 | 1758 movingLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &movingLimits); |
| 1759 DragWindow(whichWindow, where, movingLimitsPtr); | |
| 7 | 1760 } |
| 1761 | |
| 1762 /* | |
| 1763 * Handle the click in the grow box | |
| 1764 */ | |
| 1765 void | |
| 593 | 1766 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(Point where, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1767 { |
| 1768 | |
| 1769 long newSize; | |
| 1770 unsigned short newWidth; | |
| 1771 unsigned short newHeight; | |
| 1772 Rect resizeLimits; | |
| 1773 Rect *resizeLimitsPtr = &resizeLimits; | |
| 1774 Rect NewContentRect; | |
| 1775 | |
| 9 | 1776 resizeLimitsPtr = GetRegionBounds(GetGrayRgn(), &resizeLimits); |
| 7 | 1777 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1778 // Set the minimum size |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1779 // TODO: Should this come from Vim? |
| 7 | 1780 resizeLimits.top = 100; |
| 1781 resizeLimits.left = 100; | |
| 1782 | |
| 1783 newSize = ResizeWindow(whichWindow, where, &resizeLimits, &NewContentRect); | |
| 1784 newWidth = NewContentRect.right - NewContentRect.left; | |
| 1785 newHeight = NewContentRect.bottom - NewContentRect.top; | |
| 1786 gui_resize_shell(newWidth, newHeight); | |
| 1787 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 812 | 1788 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH); |
| 7 | 1789 } |
| 1790 | |
| 1791 /* | |
| 1792 * Handle the click in the zoom box | |
| 1793 */ | |
| 1794 static void | |
| 593 | 1795 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(EventRecord *theEvent, WindowPtr whichWindow) |
| 7 | 1796 { |
| 1797 Rect r; | |
| 1798 Point p; | |
| 1799 short thePart; | |
| 1800 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1801 // ideal width is current |
| 7 | 1802 p.h = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_offset; |
| 1803 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 1804 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width; | |
| 1805 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT]) | |
| 1806 p.h += gui.scrollbar_width; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1807 // ideal height is as high as we can get |
| 7 | 1808 p.v = 15 * 1024; |
| 1809 | |
| 1810 thePart = IsWindowInStandardState(whichWindow, &p, &r) | |
| 1811 ? inZoomIn : inZoomOut; | |
| 1812 | |
| 1813 if (!TrackBox(whichWindow, theEvent->where, thePart)) | |
| 1814 return; | |
| 1815 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1816 // use returned width |
| 7 | 1817 p.h = r.right - r.left; |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1818 // adjust returned height |
| 7 | 1819 p.v = r.bottom - r.top - 2 * gui.border_offset; |
| 1820 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]) | |
| 1821 p.v -= gui.scrollbar_height; | |
| 1822 p.v -= p.v % gui.char_height; | |
| 1823 p.v += 2 * gui.border_width; | |
| 2869 | 1824 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_BOTTOM]) |
| 7 | 1825 p.v += gui.scrollbar_height; |
| 1826 | |
| 1827 ZoomWindowIdeal(whichWindow, thePart, &p); | |
| 1828 | |
| 1829 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &r); | |
| 1830 gui_resize_shell(r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top); | |
| 1831 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 812 | 1832 gui_set_shellsize(TRUE, FALSE, RESIZE_BOTH); |
| 7 | 1833 } |
| 1834 | |
| 1835 /* | |
| 1836 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1837 * MacOS Event Handling procedure | |
| 1838 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1839 */ | |
| 1840 | |
| 1841 /* | |
| 1842 * Handle the Update Event | |
| 1843 */ | |
| 1844 | |
| 1845 void | |
| 593 | 1846 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 1847 { |
| 1848 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
| 1849 GrafPtr savePort; | |
| 1850 RgnHandle updateRgn; | |
| 1851 Rect updateRect; | |
| 1852 Rect *updateRectPtr; | |
| 1853 Rect rc; | |
| 1854 Rect growRect; | |
| 1855 RgnHandle saveRgn; | |
| 1856 | |
| 1857 | |
| 1858 updateRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 1859 if (updateRgn == NULL) | |
| 1860 return; | |
| 1861 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1862 // This could be done by the caller as we |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1863 // don't require anything else out of the event |
| 7 | 1864 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message; |
| 1865 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1866 // Save Current Port |
| 9 | 1867 GetPort(&savePort); |
| 7 | 1868 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1869 // Select the Window's Port |
| 9 | 1870 SetPortWindowPort(whichWindow); |
| 7 | 1871 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1872 // Let's update the window |
| 9 | 1873 BeginUpdate(whichWindow); |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1874 // Redraw the biggest rectangle covering the area |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1875 // to be updated. |
| 7 | 1876 GetPortVisibleRegion(GetWindowPort(whichWindow), updateRgn); |
| 1877 # if 0 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1878 // Would be more appropriate to use the following but doesn't |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1879 // seem to work under MacOS X (Dany) |
| 7 | 1880 GetWindowRegion(whichWindow, kWindowUpdateRgn, updateRgn); |
| 1881 # endif | |
| 593 | 1882 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1883 // Use the HLock useless in Carbon? Is it harmful? |
| 9 | 1884 HLock((Handle) updateRgn); |
| 593 | 1885 |
| 9 | 1886 updateRectPtr = GetRegionBounds(updateRgn, &updateRect); |
| 7 | 1887 # if 0 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1888 // Code from original Carbon Port (using GetWindowRegion. |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1889 // I believe the UpdateRgn is already in local (Dany) |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1890 GlobalToLocal(&topLeft(updateRect)); // preCarbon? |
| 7 | 1891 GlobalToLocal(&botRight(updateRect)); |
| 1892 # endif | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1893 // Update the content (i.e. the text) |
| 7 | 1894 gui_redraw(updateRectPtr->left, updateRectPtr->top, |
| 1895 updateRectPtr->right - updateRectPtr->left, | |
| 1896 updateRectPtr->bottom - updateRectPtr->top); | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1897 // Clear the border areas if needed |
| 7 | 1898 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); |
| 1899 if (updateRectPtr->left < FILL_X(0)) | |
| 1900 { | |
| 9 | 1901 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(0), FILL_Y(Rows)); |
| 1902 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 7 | 1903 } |
| 1904 if (updateRectPtr->top < FILL_Y(0)) | |
| 1905 { | |
| 9 | 1906 SetRect(&rc, 0, 0, FILL_X(Columns), FILL_Y(0)); |
| 1907 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 7 | 1908 } |
| 1909 if (updateRectPtr->right > FILL_X(Columns)) | |
| 1910 { | |
| 9 | 1911 SetRect(&rc, FILL_X(Columns), 0, |
| 7 | 1912 FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, FILL_Y(Rows)); |
| 9 | 1913 EraseRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 1914 } |
| 1915 if (updateRectPtr->bottom > FILL_Y(Rows)) | |
| 1916 { | |
| 9 | 1917 SetRect(&rc, 0, FILL_Y(Rows), FILL_X(Columns) + gui.border_offset, |
| 7 | 1918 FILL_Y(Rows) + gui.border_offset); |
| 9 | 1919 EraseRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 1920 } |
| 9 | 1921 HUnlock((Handle) updateRgn); |
| 1922 DisposeRgn(updateRgn); | |
| 7 | 1923 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1924 // Update scrollbars |
| 9 | 1925 DrawControls(whichWindow); |
| 7 | 1926 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1927 // Update the GrowBox |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1928 // Taken from FAQ 33-27 |
| 7 | 1929 saveRgn = NewRgn(); |
| 1930 GetWindowBounds(whichWindow, kWindowGrowRgn, &growRect); | |
| 9 | 1931 GetClip(saveRgn); |
| 1932 ClipRect(&growRect); | |
| 1933 DrawGrowIcon(whichWindow); | |
| 1934 SetClip(saveRgn); | |
| 1935 DisposeRgn(saveRgn); | |
| 1936 EndUpdate(whichWindow); | |
| 7 | 1937 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1938 // Restore original Port |
| 9 | 1939 SetPort(savePort); |
| 7 | 1940 } |
| 1941 | |
| 1942 /* | |
| 1943 * Handle the activate/deactivate event | |
| 1944 * (apply to a window) | |
| 1945 */ | |
| 1946 void | |
| 593 | 1947 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 1948 { |
| 1949 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
| 1950 | |
| 1951 whichWindow = (WindowPtr) event->message; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1952 // Dim scrollbars |
| 1292 | 1953 if (whichWindow == gui.VimWindow) |
| 7 | 1954 { |
| 1562 | 1955 ControlRef rootControl; |
| 1956 GetRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl); | |
| 1957 if ((event->modifiers) & activeFlag) | |
| 1958 ActivateControl(rootControl); | |
| 1959 else | |
| 1960 DeactivateControl(rootControl); | |
| 7 | 1961 } |
| 1292 | 1962 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1963 // Activate |
| 1292 | 1964 gui_focus_change((event->modifiers) & activeFlag); |
| 7 | 1965 } |
| 1966 | |
| 1967 | |
| 1968 /* | |
| 1969 * Handle the suspend/resume event | |
| 1970 * (apply to the application) | |
| 1971 */ | |
| 1972 void | |
| 593 | 1973 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 1974 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1975 // The frontmost application just changed |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1976 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1977 // NOTE: the suspend may happen before the deactivate |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1978 // seen on MacOS X |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1979 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1980 // May not need to change focus as the window will |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1981 // get an activate/deactivate event |
| 7 | 1982 if (event->message & 1) |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1983 // Resume |
| 7 | 1984 gui_focus_change(TRUE); |
| 1985 else | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
1986 // Suspend |
| 7 | 1987 gui_focus_change(FALSE); |
| 1988 } | |
| 1989 | |
| 1990 /* | |
| 1991 * Handle the key | |
| 1992 */ | |
| 168 | 1993 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 1562 | 1994 static pascal OSStatus |
| 1995 gui_mac_handle_window_activate( | |
| 1996 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
| 1997 EventRef theEvent, | |
| 1998 void *data) | |
| 1999 { | |
| 2000 UInt32 eventClass = GetEventClass(theEvent); | |
| 2001 UInt32 eventKind = GetEventKind(theEvent); | |
| 2002 | |
| 2003 if (eventClass == kEventClassWindow) | |
| 2004 { | |
| 2005 switch (eventKind) | |
| 2006 { | |
| 2007 case kEventWindowActivated: | |
| 2008 im_on_window_switch(TRUE); | |
| 2009 return noErr; | |
| 2010 | |
| 2011 case kEventWindowDeactivated: | |
| 2012 im_on_window_switch(FALSE); | |
| 2013 return noErr; | |
| 2014 } | |
| 2015 } | |
| 2016 | |
| 2017 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2018 } | |
| 2019 | |
| 2020 static pascal OSStatus | |
| 2021 gui_mac_handle_text_input( | |
| 2022 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
| 2023 EventRef theEvent, | |
| 2024 void *data) | |
| 2025 { | |
| 2026 UInt32 eventClass = GetEventClass(theEvent); | |
| 2027 UInt32 eventKind = GetEventKind(theEvent); | |
| 2028 | |
| 2029 if (eventClass != kEventClassTextInput) | |
| 2030 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2031 | |
| 2032 if ((kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea != eventKind) && | |
| 2033 (kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent != eventKind) && | |
| 2034 (kEventTextInputOffsetToPos != eventKind) && | |
| 2035 (kEventTextInputPosToOffset != eventKind) && | |
| 2036 (kEventTextInputGetSelectedText != eventKind)) | |
| 2037 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2038 | |
| 2039 switch (eventKind) | |
| 2040 { | |
| 2041 case kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea: | |
| 2042 return gui_mac_update_input_area(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
| 2043 case kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent: | |
| 2044 return gui_mac_unicode_key_event(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
| 2045 | |
| 2046 case kEventTextInputOffsetToPos: | |
| 2047 case kEventTextInputPosToOffset: | |
| 2048 case kEventTextInputGetSelectedText: | |
| 2049 break; | |
| 2050 } | |
| 2051 | |
| 2052 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2053 } | |
| 2054 | |
| 2055 static pascal | |
| 2056 OSStatus gui_mac_update_input_area( | |
| 2057 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, | |
| 2058 EventRef theEvent) | |
| 2059 { | |
| 2060 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 2061 } | |
| 2062 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2063 static int dialog_busy = FALSE; // TRUE when gui_mch_dialog() wants the |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2064 // keys |
| 857 | 2065 |
| 168 | 2066 # define INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE 80 |
| 2067 static pascal OSStatus | |
| 1562 | 2068 gui_mac_unicode_key_event( |
| 593 | 2069 EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, |
| 1562 | 2070 EventRef theEvent) |
| 168 | 2071 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2072 // Multibyte-friendly key event handler |
| 1012 | 2073 OSStatus err = -1; |
| 168 | 2074 UInt32 actualSize; |
| 2075 UniChar *text; | |
| 2076 char_u result[INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE]; | |
| 2077 short len = 0; | |
| 2078 UInt32 key_sym; | |
| 2079 char charcode; | |
| 2080 int key_char; | |
| 1012 | 2081 UInt32 modifiers, vimModifiers; |
| 168 | 2082 size_t encLen; |
| 2083 char_u *to = NULL; | |
| 2084 Boolean isSpecial = FALSE; | |
| 2085 int i; | |
| 1562 | 2086 EventRef keyEvent; |
| 168 | 2087 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2088 // Mask the mouse (as per user setting) |
| 168 | 2089 if (p_mh) |
| 2090 ObscureCursor(); | |
| 2091 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2092 // Don't use the keys when the dialog wants them. |
| 1012 | 2093 if (dialog_busy) |
| 1562 | 2094 return eventNotHandledErr; |
| 1012 | 2095 |
| 2096 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText, | |
| 1562 | 2097 typeUnicodeText, NULL, 0, &actualSize, NULL)) |
| 2098 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 1012 | 2099 |
|
16825
ce04ebdf26b8
patch 8.1.1414: alloc() returning "char_u *" causes a lot of type casts
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16768
diff
changeset
|
2100 text = alloc(actualSize); |
| 1012 | 2101 if (!text) |
| 1562 | 2102 return eventNotHandledErr; |
| 1012 | 2103 |
| 2104 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendText, | |
| 1562 | 2105 typeUnicodeText, NULL, actualSize, NULL, text); |
| 1012 | 2106 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2107 | |
| 2108 err = GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamTextInputSendKeyboardEvent, | |
| 1562 | 2109 typeEventRef, NULL, sizeof(EventRef), NULL, &keyEvent); |
| 1012 | 2110 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2111 | |
| 2112 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers, | |
| 1562 | 2113 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &modifiers); |
| 1012 | 2114 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2115 | |
| 2116 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyCode, | |
| 1562 | 2117 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &key_sym); |
| 1012 | 2118 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2119 | |
| 2120 err = GetEventParameter(keyEvent, kEventParamKeyMacCharCodes, | |
| 1562 | 2121 typeChar, NULL, sizeof(char), NULL, &charcode); |
| 1012 | 2122 require_noerr(err, done); |
| 2123 | |
| 168 | 2124 #ifndef USE_CMD_KEY |
| 1012 | 2125 if (modifiers & cmdKey) |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2126 goto done; // Let system handle Cmd+... |
| 168 | 2127 #endif |
| 1012 | 2128 |
| 2129 key_char = charcode; | |
| 2130 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(modifiers); | |
| 2131 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2132 // Find the special key (eg., for cursor keys) |
| 1012 | 2133 if (actualSize <= sizeof(UniChar) && |
| 1562 | 2134 ((text[0] < 0x20) || (text[0] == 0x7f))) |
| 2135 { | |
| 2136 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; ++i) | |
| 2137 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym) | |
| 2138 { | |
| 2139 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0, | |
| 2140 special_keys[i].vim_code1); | |
| 2141 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, | |
| 2142 (int *)&vimModifiers); | |
| 2143 isSpecial = TRUE; | |
| 2144 break; | |
| 2145 } | |
| 168 | 2146 } |
| 1012 | 2147 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2148 // Intercept CMD-. and CTRL-c |
| 1012 | 2149 if (((modifiers & controlKey) && key_char == 'c') || |
| 1562 | 2150 ((modifiers & cmdKey) && key_char == '.')) |
| 2151 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 1012 | 2152 |
| 2153 if (!isSpecial) | |
| 2154 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2155 // remove SHIFT for keys that are already shifted, e.g., |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2156 // '(' and '*' |
| 1562 | 2157 if (key_char < 0x100 && !isalpha(key_char) && isprint(key_char)) |
| 2158 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 2159 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2160 // remove CTRL from keys that already have it |
| 1562 | 2161 if (key_char < 0x20) |
| 2162 vimModifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_CTRL; | |
| 2163 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2164 // don't process unicode characters here |
| 1562 | 2165 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) |
| 2166 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2167 // Following code to simplify and consolidate vimModifiers |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2168 // taken liberally from gui_w48.c |
| 1562 | 2169 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers); |
| 2170 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2171 // Interpret META, include SHIFT, etc. |
|
18301
506bf60a30a0
patch 8.1.2145: cannot map <C-H> when modifyOtherKeys is enabled
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
17063
diff
changeset
|
2172 key_char = extract_modifiers(key_char, (int *)&vimModifiers, |
|
506bf60a30a0
patch 8.1.2145: cannot map <C-H> when modifyOtherKeys is enabled
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
17063
diff
changeset
|
2173 TRUE, NULL); |
| 1562 | 2174 if (key_char == CSI) |
| 2175 key_char = K_CSI; | |
| 2176 | |
| 2177 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
| 2178 isSpecial = TRUE; | |
| 2179 } | |
| 1012 | 2180 } |
| 2181 | |
| 2182 if (vimModifiers) | |
| 2183 { | |
| 1562 | 2184 result[len++] = CSI; |
| 2185 result[len++] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 2186 result[len++] = vimModifiers; | |
| 1012 | 2187 } |
| 2188 | |
| 2189 if (isSpecial && IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) | |
| 2190 { | |
| 1562 | 2191 result[len++] = CSI; |
| 2192 result[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char); | |
| 2193 result[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char); | |
| 1012 | 2194 } |
| 2195 else | |
| 2196 { | |
| 1562 | 2197 encLen = actualSize; |
| 2198 to = mac_utf16_to_enc(text, actualSize, &encLen); | |
| 2199 if (to) | |
| 2200 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2201 // This is basically add_to_input_buf_csi() |
| 1562 | 2202 for (i = 0; i < encLen && len < (INLINE_KEY_BUFFER_SIZE-1); ++i) |
| 2203 { | |
| 2204 result[len++] = to[i]; | |
| 2205 if (to[i] == CSI) | |
| 2206 { | |
| 2207 result[len++] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 2208 result[len++] = (int)KE_CSI; | |
| 2209 } | |
| 2210 } | |
| 2211 vim_free(to); | |
| 2212 } | |
| 1012 | 2213 } |
| 2214 | |
| 2215 add_to_input_buf(result, len); | |
| 2216 err = noErr; | |
| 2217 | |
| 2218 done: | |
| 2219 vim_free(text); | |
| 2220 if (err == noErr) | |
| 2221 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2222 // Fake event to wake up WNE (required to get |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2223 // key repeat working |
| 1562 | 2224 PostEvent(keyUp, 0); |
| 2225 return noErr; | |
| 1012 | 2226 } |
| 2227 | |
| 2228 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 168 | 2229 } |
| 2230 #else | |
| 7 | 2231 void |
| 2232 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) | |
| 2233 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2234 // TODO: add support for COMMAND KEY |
| 7 | 2235 long menu; |
| 2236 unsigned char string[20]; | |
| 2237 short num, i; | |
| 2238 short len = 0; | |
| 2239 KeySym key_sym; | |
| 2240 int key_char; | |
| 2241 int modifiers; | |
| 26 | 2242 int simplify = FALSE; |
| 7 | 2243 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2244 // Mask the mouse (as per user setting) |
| 7 | 2245 if (p_mh) |
| 2246 ObscureCursor(); | |
| 2247 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2248 // Get the key code and its ASCII representation |
| 7 | 2249 key_sym = ((theEvent->message & keyCodeMask) >> 8); |
| 2250 key_char = theEvent->message & charCodeMask; | |
| 2251 num = 1; | |
| 2252 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2253 // Intercept CTRL-C |
| 7 | 2254 if (theEvent->modifiers & controlKey) |
| 9 | 2255 { |
| 7 | 2256 if (key_char == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts) |
| 2257 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 9 | 2258 else if ((theEvent->modifiers & ~(controlKey|shiftKey)) == 0 |
| 2259 && (key_char == '2' || key_char == '6')) | |
| 2260 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2261 // CTRL-^ and CTRL-@ don't work in the normal way. |
| 9 | 2262 if (key_char == '2') |
| 2263 key_char = Ctrl_AT; | |
| 2264 else | |
| 2265 key_char = Ctrl_HAT; | |
| 2266 theEvent->modifiers = 0; | |
| 2267 } | |
| 2268 } | |
| 7 | 2269 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2270 // Intercept CMD-. |
| 7 | 2271 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey) |
| 2272 if (key_char == '.') | |
| 2273 got_int = TRUE; | |
| 2274 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2275 // Handle command key as per menu |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2276 // TODO: should override be allowed? Require YAO or could use 'winaltkey' |
| 7 | 2277 if (theEvent->modifiers & cmdKey) |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2278 // Only accept CMD alone or with CAPLOCKS and the mouse button. |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2279 // Why the mouse button? |
| 7 | 2280 if ((theEvent->modifiers & (~(cmdKey | btnState | alphaLock))) == 0) |
| 2281 { | |
| 2282 menu = MenuKey(key_char); | |
| 2283 if (HiWord(menu)) | |
| 2284 { | |
| 2285 gui_mac_handle_menu(menu); | |
| 2286 return; | |
| 2287 } | |
| 2288 } | |
| 2289 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2290 // Convert the modifiers |
| 7 | 2291 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); |
| 2292 | |
| 2293 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2294 // Handle special keys. |
| 7 | 2295 #if 0 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2296 // Why has this been removed? |
| 7 | 2297 if (!(theEvent->modifiers & (cmdKey | controlKey | rightControlKey))) |
| 2298 #endif | |
| 2299 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2300 // Find the special key (for non-printable keyt_char) |
| 7 | 2301 if ((key_char < 0x20) || (key_char == 0x7f)) |
| 2302 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++) | |
| 2303 if (special_keys[i].key_sym == key_sym) | |
| 2304 { | |
| 2305 # if 0 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2306 // We currently don't have not so special key |
| 7 | 2307 if (special_keys[i].vim_code1 == NUL) |
| 2308 key_char = special_keys[i].vim_code0; | |
| 2309 else | |
| 2310 # endif | |
| 9 | 2311 key_char = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0, |
| 2312 special_keys[i].vim_code1); | |
| 26 | 2313 simplify = TRUE; |
| 7 | 2314 break; |
| 2315 } | |
| 2316 } | |
| 2317 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2318 // For some keys the modifier is included in the char itself. |
| 26 | 2319 if (simplify || key_char == TAB || key_char == ' ') |
| 2320 key_char = simplify_key(key_char, &modifiers); | |
| 7 | 2321 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2322 // Add the modifier to the input bu if needed |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2323 // Do not want SHIFT-A or CTRL-A with modifier |
| 7 | 2324 if (!IS_SPECIAL(key_char) |
| 2325 && key_sym != vk_Space | |
| 2326 && key_sym != vk_Tab | |
| 2327 && key_sym != vk_Return | |
| 2328 && key_sym != vk_Enter | |
| 2329 && key_sym != vk_Esc) | |
| 2330 { | |
| 2331 #if 1 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2332 // Clear modifiers when only one modifier is set |
| 9 | 2333 if ((modifiers == MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 2334 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 2335 || (modifiers == MOD_MASK_ALT)) | |
| 7 | 2336 modifiers = 0; |
| 2337 #else | |
| 9 | 2338 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL) |
| 7 | 2339 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_CTRL; |
| 9 | 2340 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT) |
| 7 | 2341 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_ALT; |
| 9 | 2342 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 7 | 2343 modifiers = modifiers & ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT; |
| 2344 #endif | |
| 2345 } | |
| 9 | 2346 if (modifiers) |
| 7 | 2347 { |
| 9 | 2348 string[len++] = CSI; |
| 2349 string[len++] = KS_MODIFIER; | |
| 2350 string[len++] = modifiers; | |
| 7 | 2351 } |
| 2352 | |
| 9 | 2353 if (IS_SPECIAL(key_char)) |
| 7 | 2354 { |
| 9 | 2355 string[len++] = CSI; |
| 2356 string[len++] = K_SECOND(key_char); | |
| 2357 string[len++] = K_THIRD(key_char); | |
| 7 | 2358 } |
| 2359 else | |
| 2360 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2361 // Convert characters when needed (e.g., from MacRoman to latin1). |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2362 // This doesn't work for the NUL byte. |
| 9 | 2363 if (input_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE && key_char > 0) |
| 7 | 2364 { |
| 2365 char_u from[2], *to; | |
| 2366 int l; | |
| 2367 | |
| 2368 from[0] = key_char; | |
| 2369 from[1] = NUL; | |
| 2370 l = 1; | |
| 2371 to = string_convert(&input_conv, from, &l); | |
| 2372 if (to != NULL) | |
| 2373 { | |
| 2374 for (i = 0; i < l && len < 19; i++) | |
| 2375 { | |
| 2376 if (to[i] == CSI) | |
| 2377 { | |
| 2378 string[len++] = KS_EXTRA; | |
| 2379 string[len++] = KE_CSI; | |
| 2380 } | |
| 2381 else | |
| 2382 string[len++] = to[i]; | |
| 2383 } | |
| 2384 vim_free(to); | |
| 2385 } | |
| 2386 else | |
| 2387 string[len++] = key_char; | |
| 2388 } | |
| 2389 else | |
| 2390 string[len++] = key_char; | |
| 2391 } | |
| 2392 | |
| 2393 if (len == 1 && string[0] == CSI) | |
| 2394 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2395 // Turn CSI into K_CSI. |
| 7 | 2396 string[ len++ ] = KS_EXTRA; |
| 2397 string[ len++ ] = KE_CSI; | |
| 2398 } | |
| 2399 | |
| 2400 add_to_input_buf(string, len); | |
| 2401 } | |
| 168 | 2402 #endif |
| 7 | 2403 |
| 2404 /* | |
| 2405 * Handle MouseClick | |
| 2406 */ | |
| 2407 void | |
| 593 | 2408 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) |
| 7 | 2409 { |
| 2410 short thePart; | |
| 2411 WindowPtr whichWindow; | |
| 2412 | |
| 9 | 2413 thePart = FindWindow(theEvent->where, &whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2414 |
| 1106 | 2415 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2416 // prevent that the vim window size changes if it's activated by a |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2417 // click into the tab pane |
| 1106 | 2418 if (whichWindow == drawer) |
| 1562 | 2419 return; |
| 1106 | 2420 #endif |
| 2421 | |
| 7 | 2422 switch (thePart) |
| 2423 { | |
| 2424 case (inDesk): | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2425 // TODO: what to do? |
| 7 | 2426 break; |
| 2427 | |
| 2428 case (inMenuBar): | |
| 9 | 2429 gui_mac_handle_menu(MenuSelect(theEvent->where)); |
| 7 | 2430 break; |
| 2431 | |
| 2432 case (inContent): | |
| 9 | 2433 gui_mac_doInContentClick(theEvent, whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2434 break; |
| 2435 | |
| 2436 case (inDrag): | |
| 9 | 2437 gui_mac_doInDragClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2438 break; |
| 2439 | |
| 2440 case (inGrow): | |
| 9 | 2441 gui_mac_doInGrowClick(theEvent->where, whichWindow); |
| 7 | 2442 break; |
| 2443 | |
| 2444 case (inGoAway): | |
| 2445 if (TrackGoAway(whichWindow, theEvent->where)) | |
| 2446 gui_shell_closed(); | |
| 2447 break; | |
| 2448 | |
| 2449 case (inZoomIn): | |
| 2450 case (inZoomOut): | |
| 2451 gui_mac_doInZoomClick(theEvent, whichWindow); | |
| 2452 break; | |
| 2453 } | |
| 2454 } | |
| 2455 | |
| 2456 /* | |
| 2457 * Handle MouseMoved | |
| 2458 * [this event is a moving in and out of a region] | |
| 2459 */ | |
| 2460 void | |
| 593 | 2461 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 2462 { |
| 2463 Point thePoint; | |
| 2464 int_u vimModifiers; | |
| 2465 | |
| 2466 thePoint = event->where; | |
| 9 | 2467 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
| 7 | 2468 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(event->modifiers); |
| 2469 | |
| 2470 if (!Button()) | |
| 9 | 2471 gui_mouse_moved(thePoint.h, thePoint.v); |
| 7 | 2472 else |
| 2473 if (!clickIsPopup) | |
| 2474 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_DRAG, thePoint.h, | |
| 2475 thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers); | |
| 2476 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2477 // Reset the region from which we move in and out |
| 9 | 2478 SetRect(&dragRect, FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)), |
| 7 | 2479 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)), |
| 2480 FILL_X(X_2_COL(thePoint.h)+1), | |
| 2481 FILL_Y(Y_2_ROW(thePoint.v)+1)); | |
| 2482 | |
| 2483 if (dragRectEnbl) | |
| 2484 dragRectControl = kCreateRect; | |
| 2485 | |
| 2486 } | |
| 2487 | |
| 2488 /* | |
| 2489 * Handle the mouse release | |
| 2490 */ | |
| 2491 void | |
| 593 | 2492 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(EventRecord *theEvent) |
| 7 | 2493 { |
| 2494 Point thePoint; | |
| 2495 int_u vimModifiers; | |
| 2496 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2497 // TODO: Properly convert the Contextual menu mouse-up |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2498 // Potential source of the double menu |
| 7 | 2499 lastMouseTick = theEvent->when; |
| 2500 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
| 2501 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
| 2502 thePoint = theEvent->where; | |
| 9 | 2503 GlobalToLocal(&thePoint); |
| 7 | 2504 |
| 2505 vimModifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(theEvent->modifiers); | |
| 2506 if (clickIsPopup) | |
| 2507 { | |
| 2508 vimModifiers &= ~MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 2509 clickIsPopup = FALSE; | |
| 2510 } | |
| 9 | 2511 gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, thePoint.h, thePoint.v, FALSE, vimModifiers); |
| 7 | 2512 } |
| 2513 | |
| 2514 static pascal OSStatus | |
| 2515 gui_mac_mouse_wheel(EventHandlerCallRef nextHandler, EventRef theEvent, | |
| 2516 void *data) | |
| 2517 { | |
| 2518 Point point; | |
| 2519 Rect bounds; | |
| 2520 UInt32 mod; | |
| 2521 SInt32 delta; | |
| 2522 int_u vim_mod; | |
| 939 | 2523 EventMouseWheelAxis axis; |
| 2524 | |
| 2525 if (noErr == GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelAxis, | |
| 2526 typeMouseWheelAxis, NULL, sizeof(axis), NULL, &axis) | |
| 2527 && axis != kEventMouseWheelAxisY) | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2528 goto bail; // Vim only does up-down scrolling |
| 7 | 2529 |
| 2530 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseWheelDelta, | |
| 2531 typeSInt32, NULL, sizeof(SInt32), NULL, &delta)) | |
| 2532 goto bail; | |
| 2533 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamMouseLocation, | |
| 2534 typeQDPoint, NULL, sizeof(Point), NULL, &point)) | |
| 2535 goto bail; | |
| 2536 if (noErr != GetEventParameter(theEvent, kEventParamKeyModifiers, | |
| 2537 typeUInt32, NULL, sizeof(UInt32), NULL, &mod)) | |
| 2538 goto bail; | |
| 2539 | |
| 2540 vim_mod = 0; | |
| 2541 if (mod & shiftKey) | |
| 2542 vim_mod |= MOUSE_SHIFT; | |
| 2543 if (mod & controlKey) | |
| 2544 vim_mod |= MOUSE_CTRL; | |
| 2545 if (mod & optionKey) | |
| 2546 vim_mod |= MOUSE_ALT; | |
| 2547 | |
| 2548 if (noErr == GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowContentRgn, &bounds)) | |
| 2549 { | |
| 2550 point.h -= bounds.left; | |
| 2551 point.v -= bounds.top; | |
| 2552 } | |
| 2553 | |
| 2554 gui_send_mouse_event((delta > 0) ? MOUSE_4 : MOUSE_5, | |
| 2555 point.h, point.v, FALSE, vim_mod); | |
| 2556 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2557 // post a bogus event to wake up WaitNextEvent |
| 1668 | 2558 PostEvent(keyUp, 0); |
| 2559 | |
| 7 | 2560 return noErr; |
| 2561 | |
| 1107 | 2562 bail: |
| 7 | 2563 /* |
| 2564 * when we fail give any additional callback handler a chance to perform | |
|
15034
6e4e0d43b20b
patch 8.1.0528: various typos in comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
14862
diff
changeset
|
2565 * its actions |
| 7 | 2566 */ |
| 2567 return CallNextEventHandler(nextHandler, theEvent); | |
| 2568 } | |
| 2569 | |
|
2565
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2570 void |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2571 gui_mch_mousehide(int hide) |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2572 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2573 // TODO |
|
2565
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2574 } |
|
4b7929dad28a
Fix building the Mac version with GUI.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2338
diff
changeset
|
2575 |
| 7 | 2576 #if 0 |
| 2577 | |
| 2578 /* | |
| 2579 * This would be the normal way of invoking the contextual menu | |
| 2580 * but the Vim API doesn't seem to a support a request to get | |
| 2581 * the menu that we should display | |
| 2582 */ | |
| 2583 void | |
|
7821
81794242a275
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/66f948e928d5e0cd3123af902aa8ac1613534c94
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6819
diff
changeset
|
2584 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 2585 { |
| 2586 /* | |
| 2587 * Clone PopUp to use menu | |
| 2588 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection | |
| 2589 * Call the procedure | |
| 2590 */ | |
| 2591 | |
| 2592 // Call to Handle Popup | |
| 2593 OSStatus status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, event->where, false, kCMHelpItemNoHelp, "", NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem); | |
| 2594 | |
| 2595 if (status != noErr) | |
| 2596 return; | |
| 2597 | |
| 2598 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
| 2599 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2600 // Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2601 // The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2602 // But what about the current menu, is the many changed by ContextualMenuSelect |
| 9 | 2603 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem); |
| 7 | 2604 } |
| 2605 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected) | |
| 2606 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2607 // Should come up with the help |
| 7 | 2608 } |
| 2609 | |
| 2610 } | |
| 2611 #endif | |
| 2612 | |
| 2613 /* | |
| 2614 * Handle menubar selection | |
| 2615 */ | |
| 2616 void | |
| 593 | 2617 gui_mac_handle_menu(long menuChoice) |
| 7 | 2618 { |
| 2619 short menu = HiWord(menuChoice); | |
| 2620 short item = LoWord(menuChoice); | |
| 2621 vimmenu_T *theVimMenu = root_menu; | |
| 2622 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2623 if (menu == 256) // TODO: use constant or gui.xyz |
| 7 | 2624 { |
| 2625 if (item == 1) | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2626 gui_mch_beep(); // TODO: Popup dialog or do :intro |
| 7 | 2627 } |
| 2628 else if (item != 0) | |
| 2629 { | |
| 2630 theVimMenu = gui_mac_get_vim_menu(menu, item, root_menu); | |
| 2631 | |
| 2632 if (theVimMenu) | |
| 2633 gui_menu_cb(theVimMenu); | |
| 2634 } | |
| 9 | 2635 HiliteMenu(0); |
| 7 | 2636 } |
| 2637 | |
| 2638 /* | |
| 2639 * Dispatch the event to proper handler | |
| 2640 */ | |
| 2641 | |
| 2642 void | |
| 593 | 2643 gui_mac_handle_event(EventRecord *event) |
| 7 | 2644 { |
| 2645 OSErr error; | |
| 2646 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2647 // Handle contextual menu right now (if needed) |
| 1292 | 2648 if (IsShowContextualMenuClick(event)) |
| 2649 { | |
| 7 | 2650 # if 0 |
| 1562 | 2651 gui_mac_handle_contextual_menu(event); |
| 7 | 2652 # else |
| 1562 | 2653 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2654 # endif |
| 1562 | 2655 return; |
| 1292 | 2656 } |
| 7 | 2657 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2658 // Handle normal event |
| 7 | 2659 switch (event->what) |
| 2660 { | |
| 168 | 2661 #ifndef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 7 | 2662 case (keyDown): |
| 2663 case (autoKey): | |
| 9 | 2664 gui_mac_doKeyEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2665 break; |
| 168 | 2666 #endif |
| 7 | 2667 case (keyUp): |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2668 // We don't care about when the key is released |
| 7 | 2669 break; |
| 2670 | |
| 2671 case (mouseDown): | |
| 2672 gui_mac_doMouseDownEvent(event); | |
| 2673 break; | |
| 2674 | |
| 2675 case (mouseUp): | |
| 2676 gui_mac_doMouseUpEvent(event); | |
| 2677 break; | |
| 2678 | |
| 2679 case (updateEvt): | |
| 9 | 2680 gui_mac_doUpdateEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2681 break; |
| 2682 | |
| 2683 case (diskEvt): | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2684 // We don't need special handling for disk insertion |
| 7 | 2685 break; |
| 2686 | |
| 2687 case (activateEvt): | |
| 9 | 2688 gui_mac_doActivateEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2689 break; |
| 2690 | |
| 2691 case (osEvt): | |
| 2692 switch ((event->message >> 24) & 0xFF) | |
| 2693 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2694 case (0xFA): // mouseMovedMessage |
| 9 | 2695 gui_mac_doMouseMovedEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2696 break; |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2697 case (0x01): // suspendResumeMessage |
| 9 | 2698 gui_mac_doSuspendEvent(event); |
| 7 | 2699 break; |
| 2700 } | |
| 2701 break; | |
| 2702 | |
| 2703 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 2704 case (kHighLevelEvent): | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2705 // Someone's talking to us, through AppleEvents |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2706 error = AEProcessAppleEvent(event); // TODO: Error Handling |
| 7 | 2707 break; |
| 2708 #endif | |
| 2709 } | |
| 2710 } | |
| 2711 | |
| 2712 /* | |
| 2713 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 2714 * Unknown Stuff | |
| 2715 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 2716 */ | |
| 2717 | |
| 2718 | |
| 2719 GuiFont | |
| 593 | 2720 gui_mac_find_font(char_u *font_name) |
| 7 | 2721 { |
| 2722 char_u c; | |
| 2723 char_u *p; | |
| 2724 char_u pFontName[256]; | |
| 2725 Str255 systemFontname; | |
| 2726 short font_id; | |
| 2727 short size=9; | |
| 2728 GuiFont font; | |
| 2729 #if 0 | |
| 2730 char_u *fontNamePtr; | |
| 2731 #endif | |
| 2732 | |
| 2733 for (p = font_name; ((*p != 0) && (*p != ':')); p++) | |
| 2734 ; | |
| 2735 | |
| 2736 c = *p; | |
| 2737 *p = 0; | |
| 2738 | |
| 2739 #if 1 | |
| 2740 STRCPY(&pFontName[1], font_name); | |
| 2741 pFontName[0] = STRLEN(font_name); | |
| 2742 *p = c; | |
| 2743 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2744 // Get the font name, minus the style suffix (:h, etc) |
| 168 | 2745 char_u fontName[256]; |
| 2746 char_u *styleStart = vim_strchr(font_name, ':'); | |
| 2747 size_t fontNameLen = styleStart ? styleStart - font_name : STRLEN(fontName); | |
| 2748 vim_strncpy(fontName, font_name, fontNameLen); | |
| 2749 | |
| 2750 ATSUFontID fontRef; | |
| 2751 FMFontStyle fontStyle; | |
| 2752 font_id = 0; | |
| 2753 | |
| 2754 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], kFontFullName, | |
| 2755 kFontMacintoshPlatform, kFontNoScriptCode, kFontNoLanguageCode, | |
| 2756 &fontRef) == noErr) | |
| 2757 { | |
| 2758 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 2759 font_id = 0; | |
| 2760 } | |
| 13 | 2761 |
| 2762 if (font_id == 0) | |
| 2763 { | |
| 2764 /* | |
| 2765 * Try again, this time replacing underscores in the font name | |
| 2766 * with spaces (:set guifont allows the two to be used | |
| 2767 * interchangeably; the Font Manager doesn't). | |
| 2768 */ | |
| 2769 int i, changed = FALSE; | |
| 2770 | |
| 2771 for (i = pFontName[0]; i > 0; --i) | |
| 2772 { | |
| 2773 if (pFontName[i] == '_') | |
| 2774 { | |
| 2775 pFontName[i] = ' '; | |
| 2776 changed = TRUE; | |
| 2777 } | |
| 2778 } | |
| 2779 if (changed) | |
| 168 | 2780 if (ATSUFindFontFromName(&pFontName[1], pFontName[0], |
| 2781 kFontFullName, kFontNoPlatformCode, kFontNoScriptCode, | |
| 2782 kFontNoLanguageCode, &fontRef) == noErr) | |
| 2783 { | |
| 2784 if (FMGetFontFamilyInstanceFromFont(fontRef, &font_id, &fontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 2785 font_id = 0; | |
| 2786 } | |
| 13 | 2787 } |
| 2788 | |
| 7 | 2789 #else |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2790 // name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); |
| 7 | 2791 fontNamePtr = C2Pascal_save_and_remove_backslash(font_name); |
| 2792 | |
| 9 | 2793 GetFNum(fontNamePtr, &font_id); |
| 7 | 2794 #endif |
| 2795 | |
| 2796 | |
| 2797 if (font_id == 0) | |
| 2798 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2799 // Oups, the system font was it the one the user want |
| 7 | 2800 |
| 168 | 2801 if (FMGetFontFamilyName(systemFont, systemFontname) != noErr) |
| 2802 return NOFONT; | |
| 7 | 2803 if (!EqualString(pFontName, systemFontname, false, false)) |
| 2804 return NOFONT; | |
| 2805 } | |
| 2806 if (*p == ':') | |
| 2807 { | |
| 2808 p++; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2809 // Set the values found after ':' |
| 7 | 2810 while (*p) |
| 2811 { | |
| 2812 switch (*p++) | |
| 2813 { | |
| 2814 case 'h': | |
| 2815 size = points_to_pixels(p, &p, TRUE); | |
| 2816 break; | |
| 2817 /* | |
| 2818 * TODO: Maybe accept width and styles | |
| 2819 */ | |
| 2820 } | |
| 2821 while (*p == ':') | |
| 2822 p++; | |
| 2823 } | |
| 2824 } | |
| 2825 | |
| 2826 if (size < 1) | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2827 size = 1; // Avoid having a size of 0 with system font |
| 7 | 2828 |
| 2829 font = (size << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF); | |
| 2830 | |
| 2831 return font; | |
| 2832 } | |
| 2833 | |
| 2834 /* | |
| 2835 * ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
| 1212 | 2836 * GUI_MCH functionality |
| 7 | 2837 * ------------------------------------------------------------ |
| 2838 */ | |
| 2839 | |
| 2840 /* | |
| 2841 * Parse the GUI related command-line arguments. Any arguments used are | |
| 2842 * deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly. This is called | |
| 2843 * when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started. | |
| 2844 */ | |
| 2845 void | |
| 593 | 2846 gui_mch_prepare(int *argc, char **argv) |
| 7 | 2847 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2848 // TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init |
| 7 | 2849 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME |
| 2850 FSSpec applDir; | |
| 2851 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH | |
| 2852 short applVRefNum; | |
| 2853 long applDirID; | |
| 2854 Str255 volName; | |
| 2855 # else | |
| 2856 ProcessSerialNumber psn; | |
| 2857 FSRef applFSRef; | |
| 2858 # endif | |
| 2859 #endif | |
| 2860 | |
| 2861 #if 0 | |
| 2862 InitCursor(); | |
| 2863 | |
| 2864 RegisterAppearanceClient(); | |
| 2865 | |
| 2866 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 2867 (void) InstallAEHandlers(); | |
| 2868 #endif | |
| 2869 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2870 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); // 0x14= = Apple Menu |
| 9 | 2871 |
| 2872 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM"); | |
| 2873 | |
| 2874 InsertMenu(pomme, 0); | |
| 7 | 2875 |
| 2876 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 2877 | |
| 2878 | |
| 2879 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW | |
| 9 | 2880 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11); |
| 7 | 2881 #else |
| 9 | 2882 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11); |
| 7 | 2883 #endif |
| 2884 | |
| 2885 | |
| 2886 CreateNewWindow(kDocumentWindowClass, | |
| 2887 kWindowResizableAttribute | kWindowCollapseBoxAttribute, | |
| 9 | 2888 &windRect, &gui.VimWindow); |
| 2889 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); | |
| 7 | 2890 |
| 2891 gui.char_width = 7; | |
| 2892 gui.char_height = 11; | |
| 2893 gui.char_ascent = 6; | |
| 2894 gui.num_rows = 24; | |
| 2895 gui.num_cols = 80; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2896 gui.in_focus = TRUE; // For the moment -> syn. of front application |
| 7 | 2897 |
| 9 | 2898 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action); |
| 2899 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb); | |
| 7 | 2900 |
| 2901 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
| 2902 dragRgn = NULL; | |
| 2903 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
| 2904 cursorRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 2905 #endif | |
| 2906 #ifdef USE_EXE_NAME | |
| 2907 # ifndef USE_FIND_BUNDLE_PATH | |
| 9 | 2908 HGetVol(volName, &applVRefNum, &applDirID); |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2909 // TN2015: mention a possible bad VRefNum |
| 9 | 2910 FSMakeFSSpec(applVRefNum, applDirID, "\p", &applDir); |
| 7 | 2911 # else |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2912 // OSErr GetApplicationBundleFSSpec(FSSpecPtr theFSSpecPtr) |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2913 // of TN2015 |
| 9 | 2914 (void)GetCurrentProcess(&psn); |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2915 // if (err != noErr) return err; |
| 7 | 2916 |
| 9 | 2917 (void)GetProcessBundleLocation(&psn, &applFSRef); |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2918 // if (err != noErr) return err; |
| 7 | 2919 |
| 9 | 2920 (void)FSGetCatalogInfo(&applFSRef, kFSCatInfoNone, NULL, NULL, &applDir, NULL); |
| 7 | 2921 |
|
19195
2ef19eed524a
patch 8.2.0156: various typos in source files and tests
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18788
diff
changeset
|
2922 // This technique returns NIL when we disallow_gui |
| 7 | 2923 # endif |
| 9 | 2924 exe_name = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(applDir); |
| 7 | 2925 #endif |
| 2926 } | |
| 2927 | |
| 2928 #ifndef ALWAYS_USE_GUI | |
| 2929 /* | |
| 2930 * Check if the GUI can be started. Called before gvimrc is sourced. | |
| 2931 * Return OK or FAIL. | |
| 2932 */ | |
| 2933 int | |
| 2934 gui_mch_init_check(void) | |
| 2935 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2936 // TODO: For MacOS X find a way to return FAIL, if the user logged in |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2937 // using the >console |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2938 if (disallow_gui) // see main.c for reason to disallow |
| 7 | 2939 return FAIL; |
| 2940 return OK; | |
| 2941 } | |
| 2942 #endif | |
| 2943 | |
| 2944 static OSErr | |
| 1107 | 2945 receiveHandler(WindowRef theWindow, void *handlerRefCon, DragRef theDrag) |
| 7 | 2946 { |
| 2947 int x, y; | |
| 2948 int_u modifiers; | |
| 2949 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
| 2950 int count; | |
| 2951 int i, j; | |
| 2952 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2953 // Get drop position, modifiers and count of items |
| 7 | 2954 { |
| 2955 Point point; | |
| 2956 SInt16 mouseUpModifiers; | |
| 2957 UInt16 countItem; | |
| 2958 | |
| 2959 GetDragMouse(theDrag, &point, NULL); | |
| 2960 GlobalToLocal(&point); | |
| 2961 x = point.h; | |
| 2962 y = point.v; | |
| 2963 GetDragModifiers(theDrag, NULL, NULL, &mouseUpModifiers); | |
| 2964 modifiers = EventModifiers2VimMouseModifiers(mouseUpModifiers); | |
| 2965 CountDragItems(theDrag, &countItem); | |
| 2966 count = countItem; | |
| 2967 } | |
| 2968 | |
|
16825
ce04ebdf26b8
patch 8.1.1414: alloc() returning "char_u *" causes a lot of type casts
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16768
diff
changeset
|
2969 fnames = ALLOC_MULT(char_u *, count); |
| 7 | 2970 if (fnames == NULL) |
| 2971 return dragNotAcceptedErr; | |
| 2972 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2973 // Get file names dropped |
| 7 | 2974 for (i = j = 0; i < count; ++i) |
| 2975 { | |
| 2976 DragItemRef item; | |
| 2977 OSErr err; | |
| 2978 Size size; | |
| 2979 FlavorType type = flavorTypeHFS; | |
| 2980 HFSFlavor hfsFlavor; | |
| 2981 | |
| 2982 fnames[i] = NULL; | |
| 2983 GetDragItemReferenceNumber(theDrag, i + 1, &item); | |
| 2984 err = GetFlavorDataSize(theDrag, item, type, &size); | |
| 2985 if (err != noErr || size > sizeof(hfsFlavor)) | |
| 2986 continue; | |
| 2987 err = GetFlavorData(theDrag, item, type, &hfsFlavor, &size, 0); | |
| 2988 if (err != noErr) | |
| 2989 continue; | |
| 2990 fnames[j++] = FullPathFromFSSpec_save(hfsFlavor.fileSpec); | |
| 2991 } | |
| 2992 count = j; | |
| 2993 | |
| 2994 gui_handle_drop(x, y, modifiers, fnames, count); | |
| 37 | 2995 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
2996 // Fake mouse event to wake from stall |
| 37 | 2997 PostEvent(mouseUp, 0); |
| 2998 | |
| 7 | 2999 return noErr; |
| 3000 } | |
| 3001 | |
| 3002 /* | |
| 3003 * Initialise the GUI. Create all the windows, set up all the call-backs | |
| 3004 * etc. | |
| 3005 */ | |
| 3006 int | |
| 593 | 3007 gui_mch_init(void) |
| 7 | 3008 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3009 // TODO: Move most of this stuff toward gui_mch_init |
| 1565 | 3010 Rect windRect; |
| 3011 MenuHandle pomme; | |
| 7 | 3012 EventHandlerRef mouseWheelHandlerRef; |
| 1562 | 3013 EventTypeSpec eventTypeSpec; |
| 1565 | 3014 ControlRef rootControl; |
| 168 | 3015 |
| 3016 if (Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &gMacSystemVersion) != noErr) | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3017 gMacSystemVersion = 0x1000; // TODO: Default to minimum sensible value |
| 168 | 3018 |
| 7 | 3019 #if 1 |
| 3020 InitCursor(); | |
| 3021 | |
| 3022 RegisterAppearanceClient(); | |
| 3023 | |
| 3024 #ifdef USE_AEVENT | |
| 3025 (void) InstallAEHandlers(); | |
| 3026 #endif | |
| 3027 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3028 pomme = NewMenu(256, "\p\024"); // 0x14= = Apple Menu |
| 9 | 3029 |
| 3030 AppendMenu(pomme, "\pAbout VIM"); | |
| 3031 | |
| 3032 InsertMenu(pomme, 0); | |
| 7 | 3033 |
| 3034 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 3035 | |
| 3036 | |
| 3037 #ifndef USE_OFFSETED_WINDOW | |
| 9 | 3038 SetRect(&windRect, 10, 48, 10+80*7 + 16, 48+24*11); |
| 7 | 3039 #else |
| 9 | 3040 SetRect(&windRect, 300, 40, 300+80*7 + 16, 40+24*11); |
| 7 | 3041 #endif |
| 3042 | |
| 3043 gui.VimWindow = NewCWindow(nil, &windRect, "\pgVim on Macintosh", true, | |
| 3044 zoomDocProc, | |
| 3045 (WindowPtr)-1L, true, 0); | |
| 1292 | 3046 CreateRootControl(gui.VimWindow, &rootControl); |
| 7 | 3047 InstallReceiveHandler((DragReceiveHandlerUPP)receiveHandler, |
| 3048 gui.VimWindow, NULL); | |
| 9 | 3049 SetPortWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
| 7 | 3050 |
| 3051 gui.char_width = 7; | |
| 3052 gui.char_height = 11; | |
| 3053 gui.char_ascent = 6; | |
| 3054 gui.num_rows = 24; | |
| 3055 gui.num_cols = 80; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3056 gui.in_focus = TRUE; // For the moment -> syn. of front application |
| 7 | 3057 |
| 9 | 3058 gScrollAction = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_scroll_action); |
| 3059 gScrollDrag = NewControlActionUPP(gui_mac_drag_thumb); | |
| 593 | 3060 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3061 // Install Carbon event callbacks. |
| 13 | 3062 (void)InstallFontPanelHandler(); |
| 7 | 3063 |
| 3064 dragRectEnbl = FALSE; | |
| 3065 dragRgn = NULL; | |
| 3066 dragRectControl = kCreateEmpty; | |
| 3067 cursorRgn = NewRgn(); | |
| 3068 #endif | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3069 // Display any pending error messages |
| 7 | 3070 display_errors(); |
| 3071 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3072 // Get background/foreground colors from system |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3073 // TODO: do the appropriate call to get real defaults |
| 7 | 3074 gui.norm_pixel = 0x00000000; |
| 3075 gui.back_pixel = 0x00FFFFFF; | |
| 3076 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3077 // Get the colors from the "Normal" group (set in syntax.c or in a vimrc |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3078 // file). |
| 7 | 3079 set_normal_colors(); |
| 3080 | |
| 3081 /* | |
| 3082 * Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color. | |
| 3083 * Then store the current values as the defaults. | |
| 3084 */ | |
| 3085 gui_check_colors(); | |
| 3086 gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel; | |
| 3087 gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel; | |
| 3088 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3089 // Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3090 // changed them) |
| 7 | 3091 highlight_gui_started(); |
| 3092 | |
| 3093 /* | |
| 3094 * Setting the gui constants | |
| 3095 */ | |
| 3096 #ifdef FEAT_MENU | |
| 3097 gui.menu_height = 0; | |
| 3098 #endif | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3099 gui.scrollbar_height = gui.scrollbar_width = 15; // cheat 1 overlap |
| 7 | 3100 gui.border_offset = gui.border_width = 2; |
| 3101 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3102 // If Quartz-style text anti aliasing is available (see |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3103 // gui_mch_draw_string() below), enable it for all font sizes. |
| 7 | 3104 vim_setenv((char_u *)"QDTEXT_MINSIZE", (char_u *)"1"); |
| 593 | 3105 |
| 7 | 3106 eventTypeSpec.eventClass = kEventClassMouse; |
| 3107 eventTypeSpec.eventKind = kEventMouseWheelMoved; | |
| 3108 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_mouse_wheel); | |
| 3109 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(mouseWheelHandlerUPP, 1, | |
| 3110 &eventTypeSpec, NULL, &mouseWheelHandlerRef)) | |
| 3111 { | |
| 3112 mouseWheelHandlerRef = NULL; | |
| 3113 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP); | |
| 3114 mouseWheelHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
| 3115 } | |
| 3116 | |
| 168 | 3117 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 1562 | 3118 InterfaceTypeList supportedServices = { kUnicodeDocument }; |
| 3119 NewTSMDocument(1, supportedServices, &gTSMDocument, 0); | |
| 3120 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3121 // We don't support inline input yet, use input window by default |
| 1562 | 3122 UseInputWindow(gTSMDocument, TRUE); |
| 3123 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3124 // Should we activate the document by default? |
| 1562 | 3125 // ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); |
| 3126 | |
| 3127 EventTypeSpec textEventTypes[] = { | |
| 3128 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputUpdateActiveInputArea }, | |
| 3129 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputUnicodeForKeyEvent }, | |
| 3130 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputPosToOffset }, | |
| 3131 { kEventClassTextInput, kEventTextInputOffsetToPos }, | |
| 3132 }; | |
| 3133 | |
| 3134 keyEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_handle_text_input); | |
| 3135 if (noErr != InstallApplicationEventHandler(keyEventHandlerUPP, | |
| 3136 NR_ELEMS(textEventTypes), | |
| 3137 textEventTypes, NULL, NULL)) | |
| 3138 { | |
| 168 | 3139 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP); |
| 3140 keyEventHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
| 3141 } | |
| 1562 | 3142 |
| 3143 EventTypeSpec windowEventTypes[] = { | |
| 3144 { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowActivated }, | |
| 3145 { kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowDeactivated }, | |
| 3146 }; | |
| 3147 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3148 // Install window event handler to support TSMDocument activate and |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3149 // deactivate |
| 1562 | 3150 winEventHandlerUPP = NewEventHandlerUPP(gui_mac_handle_window_activate); |
| 3151 if (noErr != InstallWindowEventHandler(gui.VimWindow, | |
| 3152 winEventHandlerUPP, | |
| 3153 NR_ELEMS(windowEventTypes), | |
| 3154 windowEventTypes, NULL, NULL)) | |
| 3155 { | |
| 3156 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(winEventHandlerUPP); | |
| 3157 winEventHandlerUPP = NULL; | |
| 3158 } | |
| 168 | 3159 #endif |
| 3160 | |
| 1106 | 3161 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |
| 3162 /* | |
| 3163 * Create the tabline | |
| 3164 */ | |
| 3165 initialise_tabline(); | |
| 3166 #endif | |
| 3167 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3168 // TODO: Load bitmap if using TOOLBAR |
| 7 | 3169 return OK; |
| 3170 } | |
| 3171 | |
| 3172 /* | |
| 3173 * Called when the foreground or background color has been changed. | |
| 3174 */ | |
| 3175 void | |
| 593 | 3176 gui_mch_new_colors(void) |
| 7 | 3177 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3178 // TODO: |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3179 // This proc is called when Normal is set to a value |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3180 // so what must be done? I don't know |
| 7 | 3181 } |
| 3182 | |
| 3183 /* | |
| 3184 * Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init(). | |
| 3185 */ | |
| 3186 int | |
| 593 | 3187 gui_mch_open(void) |
| 7 | 3188 { |
| 3189 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow); | |
| 3190 | |
| 3191 if (gui_win_x != -1 && gui_win_y != -1) | |
| 3192 gui_mch_set_winpos(gui_win_x, gui_win_y); | |
| 3193 | |
| 3194 /* | |
| 3195 * Make the GUI the foreground process (in case it was launched | |
| 3196 * from the Terminal or via :gui). | |
| 3197 */ | |
| 3198 { | |
| 3199 ProcessSerialNumber psn; | |
| 3200 if (GetCurrentProcess(&psn) == noErr) | |
| 3201 SetFrontProcess(&psn); | |
| 3202 } | |
| 3203 | |
| 3204 return OK; | |
| 3205 } | |
| 3206 | |
| 1562 | 3207 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3208 static void | |
| 3209 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(void) | |
| 3210 { | |
| 3211 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) | |
| 3212 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle); | |
| 3213 if (p_macatsui && gWideFontStyle) | |
| 3214 ATSUDisposeStyle(gWideFontStyle); | |
| 3215 } | |
| 3216 #endif | |
| 3217 | |
| 7 | 3218 void |
| 3219 gui_mch_exit(int rc) | |
| 3220 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3221 // TODO: find out all what is missing here? |
| 7 | 3222 DisposeRgn(cursorRgn); |
| 3223 | |
| 168 | 3224 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 3225 if (keyEventHandlerUPP) | |
| 3226 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(keyEventHandlerUPP); | |
| 3227 #endif | |
| 3228 | |
| 7 | 3229 if (mouseWheelHandlerUPP != NULL) |
| 3230 DisposeEventHandlerUPP(mouseWheelHandlerUPP); | |
| 3231 | |
| 168 | 3232 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 1562 | 3233 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(); |
| 3234 #endif | |
| 3235 | |
| 3236 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER | |
| 3237 FixTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 3238 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 3239 DeleteTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 168 | 3240 #endif |
| 3241 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3242 // Exit to shell? |
| 7 | 3243 exit(rc); |
| 3244 } | |
| 3245 | |
| 3246 /* | |
| 3247 * Get the position of the top left corner of the window. | |
| 3248 */ | |
| 3249 int | |
| 3250 gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y) | |
| 3251 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3252 // TODO |
| 7 | 3253 Rect bounds; |
| 3254 OSStatus status; | |
| 3255 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3256 // Carbon >= 1.0.2, MacOS >= 8.5 |
| 9 | 3257 status = GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowStructureRgn, &bounds); |
| 7 | 3258 |
| 3259 if (status != noErr) | |
| 3260 return FAIL; | |
| 3261 *x = bounds.left; | |
| 3262 *y = bounds.top; | |
| 3263 return OK; | |
| 3264 } | |
| 3265 | |
| 3266 /* | |
| 3267 * Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given | |
| 3268 * coordinates. | |
| 3269 */ | |
| 3270 void | |
| 3271 gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y) | |
| 3272 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3273 // TODO: Should make sure the window is move within range |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3274 // e.g.: y > ~16 [Menu bar], x > 0, x < screen width |
| 1377 | 3275 MoveWindowStructure(gui.VimWindow, x, y); |
| 7 | 3276 } |
| 3277 | |
| 3278 void | |
| 3279 gui_mch_set_shellsize( | |
| 3280 int width, | |
| 3281 int height, | |
| 3282 int min_width, | |
| 3283 int min_height, | |
| 3284 int base_width, | |
| 812 | 3285 int base_height, |
| 3286 int direction) | |
| 7 | 3287 { |
| 3288 CGrafPtr VimPort; | |
| 3289 Rect VimBound; | |
| 3290 | |
| 3291 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 3292 { | |
| 9 | 3293 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
| 3294 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3295 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width; // + 1; |
| 9 | 3296 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3297 // GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &winPortRect); ?? |
| 7 | 3298 } |
| 3299 else | |
| 3300 { | |
| 9 | 3301 VimPort = GetWindowPort(gui.VimWindow); |
| 3302 GetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); | |
| 7 | 3303 VimBound.left = 0; |
| 9 | 3304 SetPortBounds(VimPort, &VimBound); |
| 7 | 3305 } |
| 3306 | |
| 3307 SizeWindow(gui.VimWindow, width, height, TRUE); | |
| 3308 | |
| 3309 gui_resize_shell(width, height); | |
| 3310 } | |
| 3311 | |
| 3312 /* | |
| 3313 * Get the screen dimensions. | |
| 3314 * Allow 10 pixels for horizontal borders, 40 for vertical borders. | |
| 3315 * Is there no way to find out how wide the borders really are? | |
| 1212 | 3316 * TODO: Add live update of those value on suspend/resume. |
| 7 | 3317 */ |
| 3318 void | |
| 593 | 3319 gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(int *screen_w, int *screen_h) |
| 7 | 3320 { |
| 3321 GDHandle dominantDevice = GetMainDevice(); | |
| 3322 Rect screenRect = (**dominantDevice).gdRect; | |
| 3323 | |
| 3324 *screen_w = screenRect.right - 10; | |
| 3325 *screen_h = screenRect.bottom - 40; | |
| 3326 } | |
| 3327 | |
| 3328 | |
| 13 | 3329 /* |
| 3330 * Open the Font Panel and wait for the user to select a font and | |
| 3331 * close the panel. Then fill the buffer pointed to by font_name with | |
| 3332 * the name and size of the selected font and return the font's handle, | |
| 3333 * or NOFONT in case of an error. | |
| 3334 */ | |
| 3335 static GuiFont | |
| 3336 gui_mac_select_font(char_u *font_name) | |
| 3337 { | |
| 3338 GuiFont selected_font = NOFONT; | |
| 3339 OSStatus status; | |
| 3340 FontSelectionQDStyle curr_font; | |
| 3341 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3342 // Initialize the Font Panel with the current font. |
| 13 | 3343 curr_font.instance.fontFamily = gui.norm_font & 0xFFFF; |
| 3344 curr_font.size = (gui.norm_font >> 16); | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3345 // TODO: set fontStyle once styles are supported in gui_mac_find_font() |
| 13 | 3346 curr_font.instance.fontStyle = 0; |
| 3347 curr_font.hasColor = false; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3348 curr_font.version = 0; // version number of the style structure |
| 13 | 3349 status = SetFontInfoForSelection(kFontSelectionQDType, |
| 3350 /*numStyles=*/1, &curr_font, /*eventTarget=*/NULL); | |
| 3351 | |
| 3352 gFontPanelInfo.family = curr_font.instance.fontFamily; | |
| 3353 gFontPanelInfo.style = curr_font.instance.fontStyle; | |
| 3354 gFontPanelInfo.size = curr_font.size; | |
| 3355 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3356 // Pop up the Font Panel. |
| 13 | 3357 status = FPShowHideFontPanel(); |
| 3358 if (status == noErr) | |
| 3359 { | |
| 3360 /* | |
| 3361 * The Font Panel is modeless. We really need it to be modal, | |
| 3362 * so we spin in an event loop until the panel is closed. | |
| 3363 */ | |
| 3364 gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible = true; | |
| 3365 while (gFontPanelInfo.isPanelVisible) | |
| 3366 { | |
| 3367 EventRecord e; | |
| 3368 WaitNextEvent(everyEvent, &e, /*sleep=*/20, /*mouseRgn=*/NULL); | |
| 3369 } | |
| 3370 | |
| 3371 GetFontPanelSelection(font_name); | |
| 3372 selected_font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name); | |
| 3373 } | |
| 3374 return selected_font; | |
| 3375 } | |
| 3376 | |
| 1562 | 3377 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3378 static void | |
| 3379 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(void) | |
| 3380 { | |
| 3381 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle == NULL) | |
| 3382 { | |
| 3383 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gFontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 3384 gFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3385 } | |
| 3386 if (p_macatsui && gWideFontStyle == NULL) | |
| 3387 { | |
| 3388 if (ATSUCreateStyle(&gWideFontStyle) != noErr) | |
| 3389 gWideFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3390 } | |
| 3391 | |
| 3392 p_macatsui_last = p_macatsui; | |
| 3393 } | |
| 3394 #endif | |
| 7 | 3395 |
| 3396 /* | |
| 3397 * Initialise vim to use the font with the given name. Return FAIL if the font | |
| 3398 * could not be loaded, OK otherwise. | |
| 3399 */ | |
| 3400 int | |
| 593 | 3401 gui_mch_init_font(char_u *font_name, int fontset) |
| 7 | 3402 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3403 // TODO: Add support for bold italic underline proportional etc... |
| 7 | 3404 Str255 suggestedFont = "\pMonaco"; |
| 170 | 3405 int suggestedSize = 10; |
| 7 | 3406 FontInfo font_info; |
| 3407 short font_id; | |
| 3408 GuiFont font; | |
| 37 | 3409 char_u used_font_name[512]; |
| 7 | 3410 |
| 168 | 3411 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 1562 | 3412 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(); |
| 168 | 3413 #endif |
| 3414 | |
| 7 | 3415 if (font_name == NULL) |
| 3416 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3417 // First try to get the suggested font |
| 7 | 3418 GetFNum(suggestedFont, &font_id); |
| 3419 | |
| 3420 if (font_id == 0) | |
| 3421 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3422 // Then pickup the standard application font |
| 7 | 3423 font_id = GetAppFont(); |
| 37 | 3424 STRCPY(used_font_name, "default"); |
| 7 | 3425 } |
| 37 | 3426 else |
| 3427 STRCPY(used_font_name, "Monaco"); | |
| 7 | 3428 font = (suggestedSize << 16) + ((long) font_id & 0xFFFF); |
| 3429 } | |
| 13 | 3430 else if (STRCMP(font_name, "*") == 0) |
| 3431 { | |
| 37 | 3432 char_u *new_p_guifont; |
| 3433 | |
| 3434 font = gui_mac_select_font(used_font_name); | |
| 13 | 3435 if (font == NOFONT) |
| 3436 return FAIL; | |
| 3437 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3438 // Set guifont to the name of the selected font. |
| 37 | 3439 new_p_guifont = alloc(STRLEN(used_font_name) + 1); |
| 13 | 3440 if (new_p_guifont != NULL) |
| 3441 { | |
| 37 | 3442 STRCPY(new_p_guifont, used_font_name); |
| 13 | 3443 vim_free(p_guifont); |
| 3444 p_guifont = new_p_guifont; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3445 // Replace spaces in the font name with underscores. |
| 13 | 3446 for ( ; *new_p_guifont; ++new_p_guifont) |
| 3447 { | |
| 3448 if (*new_p_guifont == ' ') | |
| 3449 *new_p_guifont = '_'; | |
| 3450 } | |
| 3451 } | |
| 3452 } | |
| 7 | 3453 else |
| 3454 { | |
| 9 | 3455 font = gui_mac_find_font(font_name); |
| 418 | 3456 vim_strncpy(used_font_name, font_name, sizeof(used_font_name) - 1); |
| 7 | 3457 |
| 3458 if (font == NOFONT) | |
| 3459 return FAIL; | |
| 3460 } | |
| 37 | 3461 |
| 7 | 3462 gui.norm_font = font; |
| 3463 | |
| 37 | 3464 hl_set_font_name(used_font_name); |
| 3465 | |
| 9 | 3466 TextSize(font >> 16); |
| 3467 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF); | |
| 3468 | |
| 189 | 3469 GetFontInfo(&font_info); |
| 3470 | |
| 3471 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent; | |
| 3472 gui.char_width = CharWidth('_'); | |
| 3473 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace; | |
| 3474 | |
| 168 | 3475 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 842 | 3476 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) |
| 1562 | 3477 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(font); |
| 168 | 3478 #endif |
| 3479 | |
| 7 | 3480 return OK; |
| 3481 } | |
| 3482 | |
| 444 | 3483 /* |
| 3484 * Adjust gui.char_height (after 'linespace' was changed). | |
| 3485 */ | |
| 7 | 3486 int |
| 593 | 3487 gui_mch_adjust_charheight(void) |
| 7 | 3488 { |
| 3489 FontInfo font_info; | |
| 3490 | |
| 9 | 3491 GetFontInfo(&font_info); |
| 7 | 3492 gui.char_height = font_info.ascent + font_info.descent + p_linespace; |
| 3493 gui.char_ascent = font_info.ascent + p_linespace / 2; | |
| 3494 return OK; | |
| 3495 } | |
| 3496 | |
| 3497 /* | |
| 3498 * Get a font structure for highlighting. | |
| 3499 */ | |
| 3500 GuiFont | |
| 593 | 3501 gui_mch_get_font(char_u *name, int giveErrorIfMissing) |
| 7 | 3502 { |
| 3503 GuiFont font; | |
| 3504 | |
| 3505 font = gui_mac_find_font(name); | |
| 3506 | |
| 3507 if (font == NOFONT) | |
| 3508 { | |
| 3509 if (giveErrorIfMissing) | |
|
15470
55ccc2d353bd
patch 8.1.0743: giving error messages is not flexible
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15134
diff
changeset
|
3510 semsg(_(e_font), name); |
| 7 | 3511 return NOFONT; |
| 3512 } | |
| 3513 /* | |
| 3514 * TODO : Accept only monospace | |
| 3515 */ | |
| 3516 | |
| 3517 return font; | |
| 3518 } | |
| 3519 | |
| 44 | 3520 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 3521 /* |
| 37 | 3522 * Return the name of font "font" in allocated memory. |
| 3523 * Don't know how to get the actual name, thus use the provided name. | |
| 3524 */ | |
| 3525 char_u * | |
| 593 | 3526 gui_mch_get_fontname(GuiFont font, char_u *name) |
| 37 | 3527 { |
| 3528 if (name == NULL) | |
| 3529 return NULL; | |
| 3530 return vim_strsave(name); | |
| 3531 } | |
| 44 | 3532 #endif |
| 37 | 3533 |
| 1562 | 3534 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3535 static void | |
| 3536 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(GuiFont font) | |
| 3537 { | |
| 3538 ATSUFontID fontID; | |
| 3539 Fixed fontSize; | |
| 3540 Fixed fontWidth; | |
| 3541 | |
| 3542 fontID = font & 0xFFFF; | |
| 3543 fontSize = Long2Fix(font >> 16); | |
| 3544 fontWidth = Long2Fix(gui.char_width); | |
| 3545 | |
| 3546 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = | |
| 3547 { | |
| 3548 kATSUFontTag, kATSUSizeTag, kATSUImposeWidthTag, | |
| 3549 kATSUMaxATSUITagValue + 1 | |
| 3550 }; | |
| 3551 | |
| 3552 ByteCount attribSizes[] = | |
| 3553 { | |
| 3554 sizeof(ATSUFontID), sizeof(Fixed), sizeof(fontWidth), | |
| 3555 sizeof(font) | |
| 3556 }; | |
| 3557 | |
| 3558 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = | |
| 3559 { | |
| 3560 &fontID, &fontSize, &fontWidth, &font | |
| 3561 }; | |
| 3562 | |
| 3563 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance(fontID, 0, &fontID, NULL) == noErr) | |
| 3564 { | |
| 3565 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, | |
| 3566 (sizeof attribTags) / sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag), | |
| 3567 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr) | |
| 3568 { | |
| 3569 # ifndef NDEBUG | |
| 3570 fprintf(stderr, "couldn't set font style\n"); | |
| 3571 # endif | |
| 3572 ATSUDisposeStyle(gFontStyle); | |
| 3573 gFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3574 } | |
| 3575 | |
| 3576 if (has_mbyte) | |
| 3577 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3578 // FIXME: we should use a more mbyte sensitive way to support |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3579 // wide font drawing |
| 1562 | 3580 fontWidth = Long2Fix(gui.char_width * 2); |
| 3581 | |
| 3582 if (ATSUSetAttributes(gWideFontStyle, | |
| 3583 (sizeof attribTags) / sizeof(ATSUAttributeTag), | |
| 3584 attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues) != noErr) | |
| 3585 { | |
| 3586 ATSUDisposeStyle(gWideFontStyle); | |
| 3587 gWideFontStyle = NULL; | |
| 3588 } | |
| 3589 } | |
| 3590 } | |
| 3591 } | |
| 3592 #endif | |
| 3593 | |
| 37 | 3594 /* |
| 7 | 3595 * Set the current text font. |
| 3596 */ | |
| 3597 void | |
| 593 | 3598 gui_mch_set_font(GuiFont font) |
| 7 | 3599 { |
| 168 | 3600 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 3601 GuiFont currFont; | |
| 3602 ByteCount actualFontByteCount; | |
| 3603 | |
| 842 | 3604 if (p_macatsui && gFontStyle) |
| 168 | 3605 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3606 // Avoid setting same font again |
| 1562 | 3607 if (ATSUGetAttribute(gFontStyle, kATSUMaxATSUITagValue + 1, |
| 3608 sizeof(font), &currFont, &actualFontByteCount) == noErr | |
| 3609 && actualFontByteCount == (sizeof font)) | |
| 168 | 3610 { |
| 3611 if (currFont == font) | |
| 3612 return; | |
| 3613 } | |
| 3614 | |
| 1562 | 3615 gui_mac_set_font_attributes(font); |
| 168 | 3616 } |
| 3617 | |
| 842 | 3618 if (p_macatsui && !gIsFontFallbackSet) |
| 168 | 3619 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3620 // Setup automatic font substitution. The user's guifontwide |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3621 // is tried first, then the system tries other fonts. |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3622 #if 0 |
| 168 | 3623 ATSUAttributeTag fallbackTags[] = { kATSULineFontFallbacksTag }; |
| 3624 ByteCount fallbackSizes[] = { sizeof(ATSUFontFallbacks) }; | |
| 3625 ATSUCreateFontFallbacks(&gFontFallbacks); | |
| 3626 ATSUSetObjFontFallbacks(gFontFallbacks, ); | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3627 #endif |
| 168 | 3628 if (gui.wide_font) |
| 3629 { | |
| 3630 ATSUFontID fallbackFonts; | |
| 3631 gIsFontFallbackSet = TRUE; | |
| 3632 | |
| 3633 if (FMGetFontFromFontFamilyInstance( | |
| 3634 (gui.wide_font & 0xFFFF), | |
| 3635 0, | |
| 3636 &fallbackFonts, | |
| 3637 NULL) == noErr) | |
| 3638 { | |
| 1562 | 3639 ATSUSetFontFallbacks((sizeof fallbackFonts)/sizeof(ATSUFontID), |
| 3640 &fallbackFonts, | |
| 3641 kATSUSequentialFallbacksPreferred); | |
| 168 | 3642 } |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3643 // ATSUAttributeValuePtr fallbackValues[] = { }; |
| 168 | 3644 } |
| 3645 } | |
| 3646 #endif | |
| 7 | 3647 TextSize(font >> 16); |
| 3648 TextFont(font & 0xFFFF); | |
| 3649 } | |
| 3650 | |
| 3651 /* | |
| 3652 * If a font is not going to be used, free its structure. | |
| 3653 */ | |
| 3654 void | |
|
7821
81794242a275
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/66f948e928d5e0cd3123af902aa8ac1613534c94
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6819
diff
changeset
|
3655 gui_mch_free_font(GuiFont font) |
| 7 | 3656 { |
| 3657 /* | |
| 3658 * Free font when "font" is not 0. | |
| 3659 * Nothing to do in the current implementation, since | |
| 3660 * nothing is allocated for each font used. | |
| 3661 */ | |
| 3662 } | |
| 3663 | |
| 3664 /* | |
| 3665 * Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name. This routine was | |
| 3666 * pretty much taken from example code in the Silicon Graphics OSF/Motif | |
| 3667 * Programmer's Guide. | |
| 3668 * Return INVALCOLOR when failed. | |
| 3669 */ | |
| 3670 guicolor_T | |
| 593 | 3671 gui_mch_get_color(char_u *name) |
| 7 | 3672 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3673 // TODO: Add support for the new named color of MacOS 8 |
| 7 | 3674 RGBColor MacColor; |
|
9013
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3675 |
|
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3676 if (STRICMP(name, "hilite") == 0) |
| 7 | 3677 { |
|
9013
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3678 LMGetHiliteRGB(&MacColor); |
|
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3679 return (RGB(MacColor.red >> 8, MacColor.green >> 8, MacColor.blue >> 8)); |
| 7 | 3680 } |
|
9013
22c29a515b53
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ab3022196ea4f1496e79b8ee85996e31c45d02f1
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
8269
diff
changeset
|
3681 return gui_get_color_cmn(name); |
| 7 | 3682 } |
| 3683 | |
|
11745
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3684 guicolor_T |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3685 gui_mch_get_rgb_color(int r, int g, int b) |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3686 { |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3687 return gui_get_rgb_color_cmn(r, g, b); |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3688 } |
|
5a5709918a98
patch 8.0.0755: terminal window does not have colors in the GUI
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
10042
diff
changeset
|
3689 |
| 7 | 3690 /* |
| 3691 * Set the current text foreground color. | |
| 3692 */ | |
| 3693 void | |
| 593 | 3694 gui_mch_set_fg_color(guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 3695 { |
| 3696 RGBColor TheColor; | |
| 3697 | |
| 3698 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3699 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3700 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3701 | |
| 9 | 3702 RGBForeColor(&TheColor); |
| 7 | 3703 } |
| 3704 | |
| 3705 /* | |
| 3706 * Set the current text background color. | |
| 3707 */ | |
| 3708 void | |
| 593 | 3709 gui_mch_set_bg_color(guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 3710 { |
| 3711 RGBColor TheColor; | |
| 3712 | |
| 3713 TheColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3714 TheColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3715 TheColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3716 | |
| 9 | 3717 RGBBackColor(&TheColor); |
| 7 | 3718 } |
| 3719 | |
| 563 | 3720 RGBColor specialColor; |
| 3721 | |
| 212 | 3722 /* |
| 563 | 3723 * Set the current text special color. |
| 212 | 3724 */ |
| 3725 void | |
| 593 | 3726 gui_mch_set_sp_color(guicolor_T color) |
| 212 | 3727 { |
| 563 | 3728 specialColor.red = Red(color) * 0x0101; |
| 3729 specialColor.green = Green(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3730 specialColor.blue = Blue(color) * 0x0101; | |
| 3731 } | |
| 3732 | |
| 3733 /* | |
| 3734 * Draw undercurl at the bottom of the character cell. | |
| 3735 */ | |
| 3736 static void | |
| 3737 draw_undercurl(int flags, int row, int col, int cells) | |
| 3738 { | |
| 856 | 3739 int x; |
| 3740 int offset; | |
| 3741 const static int val[8] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 2, 2 }; | |
| 3742 int y = FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1; | |
| 563 | 3743 |
| 3744 RGBForeColor(&specialColor); | |
| 3745 | |
| 3746 offset = val[FILL_X(col) % 8]; | |
| 3747 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), y - offset); | |
| 3748 | |
| 593 | 3749 for (x = FILL_X(col); x < FILL_X(col + cells); ++x) |
| 563 | 3750 { |
| 593 | 3751 offset = val[x % 8]; |
| 3752 LineTo(x, y - offset); | |
| 563 | 3753 } |
| 212 | 3754 } |
| 3755 | |
| 593 | 3756 |
| 3757 static void | |
| 3758 draw_string_QD(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 7 | 3759 { |
| 3760 char_u *tofree = NULL; | |
| 3761 | |
| 3762 if (output_conv.vc_type != CONV_NONE) | |
| 3763 { | |
| 3764 tofree = string_convert(&output_conv, s, &len); | |
| 3765 if (tofree != NULL) | |
| 3766 s = tofree; | |
| 3767 } | |
| 593 | 3768 |
| 7 | 3769 /* |
| 3770 * On OS X, try using Quartz-style text antialiasing. | |
| 3771 */ | |
| 189 | 3772 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020) |
| 7 | 3773 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3774 // Quartz antialiasing is available only in OS 10.2 and later. |
| 7 | 3775 UInt32 qd_flags = (p_antialias ? |
| 3776 kQDUseCGTextRendering | kQDUseCGTextMetrics : 0); | |
| 168 | 3777 QDSwapTextFlags(qd_flags); |
| 7 | 3778 } |
| 3779 | |
| 36 | 3780 /* |
| 3781 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block | |
| 3782 * before drawing the text. | |
| 3783 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and | |
| 3784 * underlining. | |
| 3785 * But not when drawing transparently. | |
| 3786 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col + | |
| 3787 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel. | |
| 3788 */ | |
| 189 | 3789 if (((gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) || p_linespace != 0) |
| 36 | 3790 && !(flags & DRAW_TRANSP)) |
| 3791 { | |
| 3792 Rect rc; | |
| 3793 | |
| 3794 rc.left = FILL_X(col); | |
| 3795 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3796 // Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c |
| 168 | 3797 if (has_mbyte) |
| 3798 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3799 // Compute the length in display cells. |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2327
diff
changeset
|
3800 rc.right = FILL_X(col + mb_string2cells(s, len)); |
| 168 | 3801 } |
| 3802 else | |
|
15595
1ec942f1b648
patch 8.1.0805: too many #ifdefs
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15470
diff
changeset
|
3803 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns); |
| 36 | 3804 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1); |
| 3805 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 3806 } | |
| 3807 | |
| 189 | 3808 if (gMacSystemVersion >= 0x1020 && p_antialias) |
| 7 | 3809 { |
| 3810 StyleParameter face; | |
| 3811 | |
| 3812 face = normal; | |
| 3813 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 3814 face |= bold; | |
| 3815 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL) | |
| 3816 face |= underline; | |
| 3817 TextFace(face); | |
| 3818 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3819 // Quartz antialiasing works only in srcOr transfer mode. |
| 7 | 3820 TextMode(srcOr); |
| 3821 | |
| 3822 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); | |
| 3823 DrawText((char*)s, 0, len); | |
| 3824 } | |
| 3825 else | |
| 3826 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3827 // Use old-style, non-antialiased QuickDraw text rendering. |
| 9 | 3828 TextMode(srcCopy); |
| 3829 TextFace(normal); | |
| 7 | 3830 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3831 // SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); |
| 7 | 3832 |
| 3833 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP) | |
| 9 | 3834 TextMode(srcOr); |
| 7 | 3835 |
| 9 | 3836 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); |
| 593 | 3837 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len); |
| 3838 | |
| 3839 if (flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 3840 { | |
| 3841 TextMode(srcOr); | |
| 3842 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col) + 1, TEXT_Y(row)); | |
| 3843 DrawText((char *)s, 0, len); | |
| 3844 } | |
| 3845 | |
| 3846 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL) | |
| 3847 { | |
| 3848 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1); | |
| 3849 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1); | |
| 3850 } | |
|
12317
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3851 if (flags & DRAW_STRIKE) |
|
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3852 { |
|
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3853 MoveTo(FILL_X(col), FILL_Y(row + 1) - gui.char_height/2); |
|
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3854 LineTo(FILL_X(col + len) - 1, FILL_Y(row + 1) - gui.char_height/2); |
|
2a8890b80923
patch 8.0.1038: strike-through text not supported
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
11745
diff
changeset
|
3855 } |
| 593 | 3856 } |
| 3857 | |
| 3858 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC) | |
| 3859 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len); | |
| 3860 | |
| 3861 vim_free(tofree); | |
| 3862 } | |
| 3863 | |
| 842 | 3864 #ifdef USE_ATSUI_DRAWING |
| 593 | 3865 |
| 3866 static void | |
| 3867 draw_string_ATSUI(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 3868 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3869 // ATSUI requires utf-16 strings |
| 593 | 3870 UniCharCount utf16_len; |
| 3871 UniChar *tofree = mac_enc_to_utf16(s, len, (size_t *)&utf16_len); | |
| 3872 utf16_len /= sizeof(UniChar); | |
| 3873 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3874 // - ATSUI automatically antialiases text (Someone) |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3875 // - for some reason it does not work... (Jussi) |
| 1562 | 3876 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG |
| 3877 fprintf(stderr, "row = %d, col = %d, len = %d: '%c'\n", | |
| 3878 row, col, len, len == 1 ? s[0] : ' '); | |
| 3879 #endif | |
| 593 | 3880 /* |
| 3881 * When antialiasing we're using srcOr mode, we have to clear the block | |
| 3882 * before drawing the text. | |
| 3883 * Also needed when 'linespace' is non-zero to remove the cursor and | |
| 3884 * underlining. | |
| 3885 * But not when drawing transparently. | |
| 3886 * The following is like calling gui_mch_clear_block(row, col, row, col + | |
| 3887 * len - 1), but without setting the bg color to gui.back_pixel. | |
| 3888 */ | |
| 3889 if ((flags & DRAW_TRANSP) == 0) | |
| 3890 { | |
| 3891 Rect rc; | |
| 3892 | |
| 3893 rc.left = FILL_X(col); | |
| 3894 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3895 // Multibyte computation taken from gui_w32.c |
| 593 | 3896 if (has_mbyte) |
| 3897 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3898 // Compute the length in display cells. |
|
2338
da6ec32d8d8f
Added strwidth() and strchars() functions.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2327
diff
changeset
|
3899 rc.right = FILL_X(col + mb_string2cells(s, len)); |
| 593 | 3900 } |
| 3901 else | |
| 3902 rc.right = FILL_X(col + len) + (col + len == Columns); | |
| 3903 | |
| 3904 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1); | |
| 3905 EraseRect(&rc); | |
| 3906 } | |
| 3907 | |
| 3908 { | |
| 3909 TextMode(srcCopy); | |
| 3910 TextFace(normal); | |
| 3911 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3912 // SelectFont(hdc, gui.currFont); |
| 593 | 3913 if (flags & DRAW_TRANSP) |
| 3914 TextMode(srcOr); | |
| 3915 | |
| 3916 MoveTo(TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row)); | |
| 1562 | 3917 |
| 3918 if (gFontStyle && flags & DRAW_BOLD) | |
| 3919 { | |
| 3920 Boolean attValue = true; | |
| 3921 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUQDBoldfaceTag }; | |
| 3922 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(Boolean) }; | |
| 3923 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &attValue }; | |
| 3924 | |
| 3925 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, attribSizes, attribValues); | |
| 3926 } | |
| 3927 | |
|
2327
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3928 UInt32 useAntialias = p_antialias ? kATSStyleApplyAntiAliasing |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3929 : kATSStyleNoAntiAliasing; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3930 if (useAntialias != useAntialias_cached) |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3931 { |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3932 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUStyleRenderingOptionsTag }; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3933 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(UInt32) }; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3934 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &useAntialias }; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3935 |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3936 if (gFontStyle) |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3937 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3938 attribSizes, attribValues); |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3939 if (gWideFontStyle) |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3940 ATSUSetAttributes(gWideFontStyle, 1, attribTags, |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3941 attribSizes, attribValues); |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3942 |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3943 useAntialias_cached = useAntialias; |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3944 } |
|
02cf6d461e3f
Mac: Support disabling antialias. (LC Mi)
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
2215
diff
changeset
|
3945 |
| 1562 | 3946 if (has_mbyte) |
| 168 | 3947 { |
| 1562 | 3948 int n, width_in_cell, last_width_in_cell; |
| 3949 UniCharArrayOffset offset = 0; | |
| 3950 UniCharCount yet_to_draw = 0; | |
| 3951 ATSUTextLayout textLayout; | |
| 3952 ATSUStyle textStyle; | |
| 3953 | |
| 3954 last_width_in_cell = 1; | |
| 3955 ATSUCreateTextLayout(&textLayout); | |
| 3956 ATSUSetTextPointerLocation(textLayout, tofree, | |
| 3957 kATSUFromTextBeginning, | |
| 3958 kATSUToTextEnd, utf16_len); | |
| 3959 /* | |
| 3960 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, gFontStyle, | |
| 3961 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd); */ | |
| 3962 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3963 // Compute the length in display cells. |
| 1562 | 3964 for (n = 0; n < len; n += MB_BYTE2LEN(s[n])) |
| 3965 { | |
| 3966 width_in_cell = (*mb_ptr2cells)(s + n); | |
| 3967 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3968 // probably we are switching from single byte character |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3969 // to multibyte characters (which requires more than one |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3970 // cell to draw) |
| 1562 | 3971 if (width_in_cell != last_width_in_cell) |
| 3972 { | |
| 3973 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG | |
| 3974 fprintf(stderr, "\tn = %2d, (%d-%d), offset = %d, yet_to_draw = %d\n", | |
| 3975 n, last_width_in_cell, width_in_cell, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
| 3976 #endif | |
| 3977 textStyle = last_width_in_cell > 1 ? gWideFontStyle | |
| 3978 : gFontStyle; | |
| 3979 | |
| 3980 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, textStyle, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
| 3981 offset += yet_to_draw; | |
| 3982 yet_to_draw = 0; | |
| 3983 last_width_in_cell = width_in_cell; | |
| 3984 } | |
| 3985 | |
| 3986 yet_to_draw++; | |
| 3987 } | |
| 3988 | |
| 3989 if (yet_to_draw) | |
| 3990 { | |
| 3991 #ifdef MAC_ATSUI_DEBUG | |
| 3992 fprintf(stderr, "\tn = %2d, (%d-%d), offset = %d, yet_to_draw = %d\n", | |
| 3993 n, last_width_in_cell, width_in_cell, offset, yet_to_draw); | |
| 3994 #endif | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
3995 // finish the rest style |
| 1562 | 3996 textStyle = width_in_cell > 1 ? gWideFontStyle : gFontStyle; |
| 3997 ATSUSetRunStyle(textLayout, textStyle, offset, kATSUToTextEnd); | |
| 3998 } | |
| 3999 | |
| 168 | 4000 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE); |
| 4001 ATSUDrawText(textLayout, | |
| 1562 | 4002 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, |
| 4003 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc); | |
| 168 | 4004 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout); |
| 4005 } | |
| 1562 | 4006 else |
| 4007 { | |
| 4008 ATSUTextLayout textLayout; | |
| 4009 | |
| 4010 if (ATSUCreateTextLayoutWithTextPtr(tofree, | |
| 4011 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, | |
| 4012 utf16_len, | |
| 4013 (gFontStyle ? 1 : 0), &utf16_len, | |
| 4014 (gFontStyle ? &gFontStyle : NULL), | |
| 4015 &textLayout) == noErr) | |
| 4016 { | |
| 4017 ATSUSetTransientFontMatching(textLayout, TRUE); | |
| 4018 | |
| 4019 ATSUDrawText(textLayout, | |
| 4020 kATSUFromTextBeginning, kATSUToTextEnd, | |
| 4021 kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc, kATSUUseGrafPortPenLoc); | |
| 4022 | |
| 4023 ATSUDisposeTextLayout(textLayout); | |
| 4024 } | |
| 4025 } | |
| 4026 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4027 // drawing is done, now reset bold to normal |
| 1562 | 4028 if (gFontStyle && flags & DRAW_BOLD) |
| 4029 { | |
| 4030 Boolean attValue = false; | |
| 4031 | |
| 4032 ATSUAttributeTag attribTags[] = { kATSUQDBoldfaceTag }; | |
| 4033 ByteCount attribSizes[] = { sizeof(Boolean) }; | |
| 4034 ATSUAttributeValuePtr attribValues[] = { &attValue }; | |
| 4035 | |
| 4036 ATSUSetAttributes(gFontStyle, 1, attribTags, attribSizes, | |
| 4037 attribValues); | |
| 4038 } | |
| 7 | 4039 } |
| 4040 | |
| 563 | 4041 if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC) |
| 4042 draw_undercurl(flags, row, col, len); | |
| 4043 | |
| 7 | 4044 vim_free(tofree); |
| 593 | 4045 } |
| 4046 #endif | |
| 4047 | |
| 4048 void | |
| 4049 gui_mch_draw_string(int row, int col, char_u *s, int len, int flags) | |
| 4050 { | |
| 4051 #if defined(USE_ATSUI_DRAWING) | |
| 1562 | 4052 if (p_macatsui == 0 && p_macatsui_last != 0) |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4053 // switch from macatsui to nomacatsui |
| 1562 | 4054 gui_mac_dispose_atsui_style(); |
| 4055 else if (p_macatsui != 0 && p_macatsui_last == 0) | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4056 // switch from nomacatsui to macatsui |
| 1562 | 4057 gui_mac_create_atsui_style(); |
| 4058 | |
| 842 | 4059 if (p_macatsui) |
| 4060 draw_string_ATSUI(row, col, s, len, flags); | |
| 4061 else | |
| 7 | 4062 #endif |
| 842 | 4063 draw_string_QD(row, col, s, len, flags); |
| 7 | 4064 } |
| 4065 | |
| 4066 /* | |
| 4067 * Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported. | |
| 4068 */ | |
| 4069 int | |
| 593 | 4070 gui_mch_haskey(char_u *name) |
| 7 | 4071 { |
| 4072 int i; | |
| 4073 | |
| 4074 for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != (KeySym)0; i++) | |
| 4075 if (name[0] == special_keys[i].vim_code0 && | |
| 4076 name[1] == special_keys[i].vim_code1) | |
| 4077 return OK; | |
| 4078 return FAIL; | |
| 4079 } | |
| 4080 | |
| 4081 void | |
| 593 | 4082 gui_mch_beep(void) |
| 7 | 4083 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4084 SysBeep(1); // Should this be 0? (????) |
| 7 | 4085 } |
| 4086 | |
| 4087 void | |
| 593 | 4088 gui_mch_flash(int msec) |
| 7 | 4089 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4090 // Do a visual beep by reversing the foreground and background colors |
| 7 | 4091 Rect rc; |
| 4092 | |
| 4093 /* | |
| 4094 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
| 4095 */ | |
| 4096 rc.left = 0; | |
| 4097 rc.top = 0; | |
| 4098 rc.right = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width; | |
| 4099 rc.bottom = gui.num_rows * gui.char_height; | |
| 4100 InvertRect(&rc); | |
| 4101 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4102 ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE); // wait for some msec |
| 7 | 4103 |
| 4104 InvertRect(&rc); | |
| 4105 } | |
| 4106 | |
| 4107 /* | |
| 4108 * Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns. | |
| 4109 */ | |
| 4110 void | |
| 593 | 4111 gui_mch_invert_rectangle(int r, int c, int nr, int nc) |
| 7 | 4112 { |
| 4113 Rect rc; | |
| 4114 | |
| 4115 /* | |
| 4116 * Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
| 4117 */ | |
| 4118 rc.left = FILL_X(c); | |
| 4119 rc.top = FILL_Y(r); | |
| 4120 rc.right = rc.left + nc * gui.char_width; | |
| 4121 rc.bottom = rc.top + nr * gui.char_height; | |
| 4122 InvertRect(&rc); | |
| 4123 } | |
| 4124 | |
| 4125 /* | |
| 4126 * Iconify the GUI window. | |
| 4127 */ | |
| 4128 void | |
| 593 | 4129 gui_mch_iconify(void) |
| 7 | 4130 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4131 // TODO: find out what could replace iconify |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4132 // -window shade? |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4133 // -hide application? |
| 7 | 4134 } |
| 4135 | |
| 4136 #if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 4137 /* | |
| 4138 * Bring the Vim window to the foreground. | |
| 4139 */ | |
| 4140 void | |
| 593 | 4141 gui_mch_set_foreground(void) |
| 7 | 4142 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4143 // TODO |
| 7 | 4144 } |
| 4145 #endif | |
| 4146 | |
| 4147 /* | |
| 4148 * Draw a cursor without focus. | |
| 4149 */ | |
| 4150 void | |
| 593 | 4151 gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 4152 { |
| 4153 Rect rc; | |
| 4154 | |
| 4155 /* | |
| 4156 * Note: FrameRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle. | |
| 4157 */ | |
| 4158 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col); | |
| 4159 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row); | |
| 4160 rc.right = rc.left + gui.char_width; | |
| 168 | 4161 if (mb_lefthalve(gui.row, gui.col)) |
| 4162 rc.right += gui.char_width; | |
| 7 | 4163 rc.bottom = rc.top + gui.char_height; |
| 4164 | |
| 4165 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color); | |
| 4166 | |
| 9 | 4167 FrameRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 4168 } |
| 4169 | |
| 4170 /* | |
| 4171 * Draw part of a cursor, only w pixels wide, and h pixels high. | |
| 4172 */ | |
| 4173 void | |
| 593 | 4174 gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(int w, int h, guicolor_T color) |
| 7 | 4175 { |
| 4176 Rect rc; | |
| 4177 | |
| 4178 #ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4179 // vertical line should be on the right of current point |
| 7 | 4180 if (CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT) |
| 4181 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w; | |
| 4182 else | |
| 4183 #endif | |
| 4184 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col); | |
| 4185 rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h; | |
| 4186 rc.right = rc.left + w; | |
| 4187 rc.bottom = rc.top + h; | |
| 4188 | |
| 4189 gui_mch_set_fg_color(color); | |
| 4190 | |
| 168 | 4191 FrameRect(&rc); |
| 4192 // PaintRect(&rc); | |
| 7 | 4193 } |
| 4194 | |
| 4195 | |
| 4196 | |
| 4197 /* | |
| 4198 * Catch up with any queued X events. This may put keyboard input into the | |
| 4199 * input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc. If there is | |
| 4200 * nothing in the X event queue (& no timers pending), then we return | |
| 4201 * immediately. | |
| 4202 */ | |
| 4203 void | |
| 593 | 4204 gui_mch_update(void) |
| 7 | 4205 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4206 // TODO: find what to do |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4207 // maybe call gui_mch_wait_for_chars (0) |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4208 // more like look at EventQueue then |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4209 // call heart of gui_mch_wait_for_chars; |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4210 // |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4211 // if (eventther) |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4212 // gui_mac_handle_event(&event); |
| 7 | 4213 EventRecord theEvent; |
| 4214 | |
| 9 | 4215 if (EventAvail(everyEvent, &theEvent)) |
| 7 | 4216 if (theEvent.what != nullEvent) |
| 4217 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(0); | |
| 4218 } | |
| 4219 | |
| 4220 /* | |
| 4221 * Simple wrapper to neglect more easily the time | |
| 4222 * spent inside WaitNextEvent while profiling. | |
| 4223 */ | |
| 4224 | |
| 4225 pascal | |
| 4226 Boolean | |
| 9 | 4227 WaitNextEventWrp(EventMask eventMask, EventRecord *theEvent, UInt32 sleep, RgnHandle mouseRgn) |
| 7 | 4228 { |
| 4229 if (((long) sleep) < -1) | |
| 4230 sleep = 32767; | |
| 4231 return WaitNextEvent(eventMask, theEvent, sleep, mouseRgn); | |
| 4232 } | |
| 4233 | |
| 4234 /* | |
| 4235 * GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars(). Waits for a character | |
| 4236 * from the keyboard. | |
| 4237 * wtime == -1 Wait forever. | |
| 4238 * wtime == 0 This should never happen. | |
| 4239 * wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character. | |
| 4240 * Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time, | |
| 4241 * or FAIL otherwise. | |
| 4242 */ | |
| 4243 int | |
| 593 | 4244 gui_mch_wait_for_chars(int wtime) |
| 7 | 4245 { |
| 4246 EventMask mask = (everyEvent); | |
| 4247 EventRecord event; | |
| 4248 long entryTick; | |
| 4249 long currentTick; | |
| 4250 long sleeppyTick; | |
| 4251 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4252 // If we are providing life feedback with the scrollbar, |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4253 // we don't want to try to wait for an event, or else |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4254 // there won't be any life feedback. |
| 7 | 4255 if (dragged_sb != NULL) |
| 4256 return FAIL; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4257 // TODO: Check if FAIL is the proper return code |
| 7 | 4258 |
| 4259 entryTick = TickCount(); | |
| 4260 | |
| 4261 allow_scrollbar = TRUE; | |
| 4262 | |
| 4263 do | |
| 4264 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4265 #if 0 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4266 if (dragRectControl == kCreateEmpty) |
| 7 | 4267 { |
| 4268 dragRgn = NULL; | |
| 4269 dragRectControl = kNothing; | |
| 4270 } | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4271 else |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4272 #endif |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4273 if (dragRectControl == kCreateRect) |
| 7 | 4274 { |
| 4275 dragRgn = cursorRgn; | |
| 9 | 4276 RectRgn(dragRgn, &dragRect); |
| 7 | 4277 dragRectControl = kNothing; |
| 4278 } | |
| 4279 /* | |
| 4280 * Don't use gui_mch_update() because then we will spin-lock until a | |
| 4281 * char arrives, instead we use WaitNextEventWrp() to hang until an | |
| 4282 * event arrives. No need to check for input_buf_full because we are | |
| 4283 * returning as soon as it contains a single char. | |
| 4284 */ | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4285 // TODO: reduce wtime accordingly??? |
| 7 | 4286 if (wtime > -1) |
| 1562 | 4287 sleeppyTick = 60 * wtime / 1000; |
| 7 | 4288 else |
| 4289 sleeppyTick = 32767; | |
| 1562 | 4290 |
| 9 | 4291 if (WaitNextEventWrp(mask, &event, sleeppyTick, dragRgn)) |
| 7 | 4292 { |
| 1562 | 4293 gui_mac_handle_event(&event); |
| 7 | 4294 if (input_available()) |
| 4295 { | |
| 4296 allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
| 4297 return OK; | |
| 4298 } | |
| 4299 } | |
| 4300 currentTick = TickCount(); | |
| 4301 } | |
| 4302 while ((wtime == -1) || ((currentTick - entryTick) < 60*wtime/1000)); | |
| 4303 | |
| 4304 allow_scrollbar = FALSE; | |
| 4305 return FAIL; | |
| 4306 } | |
| 4307 | |
| 4308 /* | |
| 4309 * Output routines. | |
| 4310 */ | |
| 4311 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4312 /* |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4313 * Flush any output to the screen |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4314 */ |
| 7 | 4315 void |
| 593 | 4316 gui_mch_flush(void) |
| 7 | 4317 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4318 // TODO: Is anything needed here? |
| 7 | 4319 } |
| 4320 | |
| 4321 /* | |
| 4322 * Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to | |
| 4323 * (row2, col2) inclusive. | |
| 4324 */ | |
| 4325 void | |
| 593 | 4326 gui_mch_clear_block(int row1, int col1, int row2, int col2) |
| 7 | 4327 { |
| 4328 Rect rc; | |
| 4329 | |
| 4330 /* | |
| 4331 * Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have | |
| 4332 * spilled over to the next column. | |
| 4333 */ | |
| 4334 rc.left = FILL_X(col1); | |
| 4335 rc.top = FILL_Y(row1); | |
| 4336 rc.right = FILL_X(col2 + 1) + (col2 == Columns - 1); | |
| 4337 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row2 + 1); | |
| 4338 | |
| 4339 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 9 | 4340 EraseRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 4341 } |
| 4342 | |
| 4343 /* | |
| 4344 * Clear the whole text window. | |
| 4345 */ | |
| 4346 void | |
| 593 | 4347 gui_mch_clear_all(void) |
| 7 | 4348 { |
| 4349 Rect rc; | |
| 4350 | |
| 4351 rc.left = 0; | |
| 4352 rc.top = 0; | |
| 4353 rc.right = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_width; | |
| 4354 rc.bottom = Rows * gui.char_height + 2 * gui.border_width; | |
| 4355 | |
| 4356 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 4357 EraseRect(&rc); | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4358 // gui_mch_set_fg_color(gui.norm_pixel); |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4359 // FrameRect(&rc); |
| 7 | 4360 } |
| 4361 | |
| 4362 /* | |
| 4363 * Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any | |
| 4364 * text further down within the scroll region. | |
| 4365 */ | |
| 4366 void | |
| 593 | 4367 gui_mch_delete_lines(int row, int num_lines) |
| 7 | 4368 { |
| 4369 Rect rc; | |
| 4370 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4371 // changed without checking! |
| 7 | 4372 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left); |
| 4373 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1); | |
| 4374 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 4375 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1); | |
| 4376 | |
| 4377 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 9 | 4378 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height, (RgnHandle) nil); |
| 7 | 4379 |
| 4380 gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1, | |
| 4381 gui.scroll_region_left, | |
| 4382 gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right); | |
| 4383 } | |
| 4384 | |
| 4385 /* | |
| 4386 * Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any | |
| 4387 * following text within the scroll region. | |
| 4388 */ | |
| 4389 void | |
| 593 | 4390 gui_mch_insert_lines(int row, int num_lines) |
| 7 | 4391 { |
| 4392 Rect rc; | |
| 4393 | |
| 4394 rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left); | |
| 4395 rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1); | |
| 4396 rc.top = FILL_Y(row); | |
| 4397 rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1); | |
| 4398 | |
| 4399 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 4400 | |
| 9 | 4401 ScrollRect(&rc, 0, gui.char_height * num_lines, (RgnHandle) nil); |
| 7 | 4402 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4403 // Update gui.cursor_row if the cursor scrolled or copied over |
| 7 | 4404 if (gui.cursor_row >= gui.row |
| 4405 && gui.cursor_col >= gui.scroll_region_left | |
| 4406 && gui.cursor_col <= gui.scroll_region_right) | |
| 4407 { | |
| 4408 if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines) | |
| 4409 gui.cursor_row += num_lines; | |
| 4410 else if (gui.cursor_row <= gui.scroll_region_bot) | |
| 4411 gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE; | |
| 4412 } | |
| 4413 | |
| 4414 gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left, | |
| 4415 row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right); | |
| 4416 } | |
| 4417 | |
| 4418 /* | |
| 4419 * TODO: add a vim format to the clipboard which remember | |
| 4420 * LINEWISE, CHARWISE, BLOCKWISE | |
| 4421 */ | |
| 4422 | |
| 4423 void | |
|
17063
3147c7c2e86b
patch 8.1.1531: clipboard type name is inconsistent
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16825
diff
changeset
|
4424 clip_mch_request_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd) |
| 7 | 4425 { |
| 4426 | |
| 4427 Handle textOfClip; | |
| 19 | 4428 int flavor = 0; |
| 7 | 4429 Size scrapSize; |
| 4430 ScrapFlavorFlags scrapFlags; | |
| 4431 ScrapRef scrap = nil; | |
| 4432 OSStatus error; | |
| 4433 int type; | |
| 4434 char *searchCR; | |
| 4435 char_u *tempclip; | |
| 4436 | |
| 4437 | |
| 9 | 4438 error = GetCurrentScrap(&scrap); |
| 7 | 4439 if (error != noErr) |
| 4440 return; | |
| 4441 | |
| 9 | 4442 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapFlags); |
| 4443 if (error == noErr) | |
| 4444 { | |
| 4445 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, &scrapSize); | |
| 4446 if (error == noErr && scrapSize > 1) | |
| 4447 flavor = 1; | |
| 4448 } | |
| 4449 | |
| 4450 if (flavor == 0) | |
| 4451 { | |
| 838 | 4452 error = GetScrapFlavorFlags(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapFlags); |
| 9 | 4453 if (error != noErr) |
| 4454 return; | |
| 4455 | |
| 838 | 4456 error = GetScrapFlavorSize(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, &scrapSize); |
| 9 | 4457 if (error != noErr) |
| 4458 return; | |
| 4459 } | |
| 4460 | |
| 4461 ReserveMem(scrapSize); | |
| 593 | 4462 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4463 // In CARBON we don't need a Handle, a pointer is good |
| 838 | 4464 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize); |
| 4465 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4466 // tempclip = alloc(scrapSize+1); |
| 838 | 4467 HLock(textOfClip); |
| 4468 error = GetScrapFlavorData(scrap, | |
| 4469 flavor ? VIMSCRAPFLAVOR : SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, | |
| 4470 &scrapSize, *textOfClip); | |
| 4471 scrapSize -= flavor; | |
| 4472 | |
| 4473 if (flavor) | |
| 4474 type = **textOfClip; | |
| 4475 else | |
| 2896 | 4476 type = MAUTO; |
| 838 | 4477 |
|
16768
695d9ef00b03
patch 8.1.1386: unessesary type casts for lalloc()
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16162
diff
changeset
|
4478 tempclip = alloc(scrapSize + 1); |
| 838 | 4479 mch_memmove(tempclip, *textOfClip + flavor, scrapSize); |
| 4480 tempclip[scrapSize] = 0; | |
| 7 | 4481 |
| 766 | 4482 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 838 | 4483 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4484 // Convert from utf-16 (clipboard) |
| 168 | 4485 size_t encLen = 0; |
| 4486 char_u *to = mac_utf16_to_enc((UniChar *)tempclip, scrapSize, &encLen); | |
| 838 | 4487 |
| 4488 if (to != NULL) | |
| 7 | 4489 { |
| 168 | 4490 scrapSize = encLen; |
| 4491 vim_free(tempclip); | |
| 4492 tempclip = to; | |
| 7 | 4493 } |
| 838 | 4494 } |
| 7 | 4495 #endif |
| 502 | 4496 |
| 838 | 4497 searchCR = (char *)tempclip; |
| 4498 while (searchCR != NULL) | |
| 4499 { | |
| 4500 searchCR = strchr(searchCR, '\r'); | |
| 4501 if (searchCR != NULL) | |
| 4502 *searchCR = '\n'; | |
| 7 | 4503 } |
| 838 | 4504 |
| 4505 clip_yank_selection(type, tempclip, scrapSize, cbd); | |
| 4506 | |
| 4507 vim_free(tempclip); | |
| 4508 HUnlock(textOfClip); | |
| 4509 | |
| 4510 DisposeHandle(textOfClip); | |
| 7 | 4511 } |
| 4512 | |
| 4513 void | |
|
17063
3147c7c2e86b
patch 8.1.1531: clipboard type name is inconsistent
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16825
diff
changeset
|
4514 clip_mch_lose_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd) |
| 7 | 4515 { |
| 4516 /* | |
| 4517 * TODO: Really nothing to do? | |
| 4518 */ | |
| 4519 } | |
| 4520 | |
| 4521 int | |
|
17063
3147c7c2e86b
patch 8.1.1531: clipboard type name is inconsistent
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16825
diff
changeset
|
4522 clip_mch_own_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd) |
| 7 | 4523 { |
| 4524 return OK; | |
| 4525 } | |
| 4526 | |
| 4527 /* | |
| 4528 * Send the current selection to the clipboard. | |
| 4529 */ | |
| 4530 void | |
|
17063
3147c7c2e86b
patch 8.1.1531: clipboard type name is inconsistent
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
16825
diff
changeset
|
4531 clip_mch_set_selection(Clipboard_T *cbd) |
| 7 | 4532 { |
| 4533 Handle textOfClip; | |
| 4534 long scrapSize; | |
| 4535 int type; | |
| 4536 ScrapRef scrap; | |
| 4537 | |
| 4538 char_u *str = NULL; | |
| 4539 | |
| 4540 if (!cbd->owned) | |
| 4541 return; | |
| 4542 | |
| 4543 clip_get_selection(cbd); | |
| 4544 | |
| 4545 /* | |
| 4546 * Once we set the clipboard, lose ownership. If another application sets | |
| 4547 * the clipboard, we don't want to think that we still own it. | |
| 4548 */ | |
| 4549 cbd->owned = FALSE; | |
| 4550 | |
| 838 | 4551 type = clip_convert_selection(&str, (long_u *)&scrapSize, cbd); |
| 7 | 4552 |
| 766 | 4553 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 4554 size_t utf16_len = 0; |
| 4555 UniChar *to = mac_enc_to_utf16(str, scrapSize, &utf16_len); | |
| 4556 if (to) | |
| 7 | 4557 { |
| 168 | 4558 scrapSize = utf16_len; |
| 4559 vim_free(str); | |
| 4560 str = (char_u *)to; | |
| 7 | 4561 } |
| 4562 #endif | |
| 4563 | |
| 4564 if (type >= 0) | |
| 4565 { | |
| 4566 ClearCurrentScrap(); | |
| 593 | 4567 |
| 9 | 4568 textOfClip = NewHandle(scrapSize + 1); |
| 7 | 4569 HLock(textOfClip); |
| 4570 | |
| 9 | 4571 **textOfClip = type; |
| 168 | 4572 mch_memmove(*textOfClip + 1, str, scrapSize); |
| 9 | 4573 GetCurrentScrap(&scrap); |
| 838 | 4574 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, SCRAPTEXTFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone, |
| 9 | 4575 scrapSize, *textOfClip + 1); |
| 4576 PutScrapFlavor(scrap, VIMSCRAPFLAVOR, kScrapFlavorMaskNone, | |
| 4577 scrapSize + 1, *textOfClip); | |
| 7 | 4578 HUnlock(textOfClip); |
| 4579 DisposeHandle(textOfClip); | |
| 4580 } | |
| 4581 | |
| 4582 vim_free(str); | |
| 4583 } | |
| 4584 | |
| 4585 void | |
| 593 | 4586 gui_mch_set_text_area_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h) |
| 7 | 4587 { |
| 4588 Rect VimBound; | |
| 4589 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4590 // HideWindow(gui.VimWindow); |
| 7 | 4591 GetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound); |
| 4592 | |
| 4593 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 4594 VimBound.left = -gui.scrollbar_width + 1; | |
| 4595 else | |
| 4596 VimBound.left = 0; | |
| 4597 | |
| 4598 SetWindowBounds(gui.VimWindow, kWindowGlobalPortRgn, &VimBound); | |
| 4599 | |
| 9 | 4600 ShowWindow(gui.VimWindow); |
| 7 | 4601 } |
| 4602 | |
| 4603 /* | |
| 4604 * Menu stuff. | |
| 4605 */ | |
| 4606 | |
| 4607 void | |
| 593 | 4608 gui_mch_enable_menu(int flag) |
| 7 | 4609 { |
| 4610 /* | |
| 444 | 4611 * Menu is always active. |
| 7 | 4612 */ |
| 4613 } | |
| 4614 | |
| 4615 void | |
| 593 | 4616 gui_mch_set_menu_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h) |
| 7 | 4617 { |
| 4618 /* | |
| 444 | 4619 * The menu is always at the top of the screen. |
| 7 | 4620 */ |
| 4621 } | |
| 4622 | |
| 4623 /* | |
| 4624 * Add a sub menu to the menu bar. | |
| 4625 */ | |
| 4626 void | |
| 593 | 4627 gui_mch_add_menu(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx) |
| 7 | 4628 { |
| 4629 /* | |
| 4630 * TODO: Try to use only menu_id instead of both menu_id and menu_handle. | |
| 4631 * TODO: use menu->mnemonic and menu->actext | |
| 4632 * TODO: Try to reuse menu id | |
| 4633 * Carbon Help suggest to use only id between 1 and 235 | |
| 4634 */ | |
| 4635 static long next_avail_id = 128; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4636 long menu_after_me = 0; // Default to the end |
| 168 | 4637 CFStringRef name; |
| 7 | 4638 short index; |
| 4639 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent; | |
| 4640 vimmenu_T *brother = menu->next; | |
| 4641 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4642 // Cannot add a menu if ... |
| 7 | 4643 if ((parent != NULL && parent->submenu_id == 0)) |
| 4644 return; | |
| 4645 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4646 // menu ID greater than 1024 are reserved for ??? |
| 7 | 4647 if (next_avail_id == 1024) |
| 4648 return; | |
| 4649 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4650 // My brother could be the PopUp, find my real brother |
| 7 | 4651 while ((brother != NULL) && (!menu_is_menubar(brother->name))) |
| 4652 brother = brother->next; | |
| 4653 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4654 // Find where to insert the menu (for MenuBar) |
| 7 | 4655 if ((parent == NULL) && (brother != NULL)) |
| 4656 menu_after_me = brother->submenu_id; | |
| 4657 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4658 // If the menu is not part of the menubar (and its submenus), add it 'nowhere' |
| 7 | 4659 if (!menu_is_menubar(menu->name)) |
| 4660 menu_after_me = hierMenu; | |
| 4661 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4662 // Convert the name |
| 766 | 4663 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 4664 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu); |
| 4665 #else | |
| 7 | 4666 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); |
| 168 | 4667 #endif |
| 7 | 4668 if (name == NULL) |
| 4669 return; | |
| 4670 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4671 // Create the menu unless it's the help menu |
| 7 | 4672 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4673 // Carbon suggest use of |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4674 // OSStatus CreateNewMenu(MenuID, MenuAttributes, MenuRef *); |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4675 // OSStatus SetMenuTitle(MenuRef, ConstStr255Param title); |
| 7 | 4676 menu->submenu_id = next_avail_id; |
| 168 | 4677 if (CreateNewMenu(menu->submenu_id, 0, (MenuRef *)&menu->submenu_handle) == noErr) |
| 4678 SetMenuTitleWithCFString((MenuRef)menu->submenu_handle, name); | |
| 7 | 4679 next_avail_id++; |
| 4680 } | |
| 4681 | |
| 4682 if (parent == NULL) | |
| 4683 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4684 // Adding a menu to the menubar, or in the no mans land (for PopUp) |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4685 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4686 // TODO: Verify if we could only Insert Menu if really part of the |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4687 // menubar The Inserted menu are scanned or the Command-key combos |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4688 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4689 // Insert the menu |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4690 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, menu_after_me); // insert before |
| 7 | 4691 #if 1 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4692 // Vim should normally update it. TODO: verify |
| 7 | 4693 DrawMenuBar(); |
| 4694 #endif | |
| 4695 } | |
| 4696 else | |
| 4697 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4698 // Adding as a submenu |
| 7 | 4699 |
| 9 | 4700 index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
| 7 | 4701 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4702 // Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4703 // to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4704 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); // afterItem |
| 168 | 4705 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 7 | 4706 SetItemCmd(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, 0x1B); |
| 4707 SetItemMark(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, menu->submenu_id); | |
| 4708 InsertMenu(menu->submenu_handle, hierMenu); | |
| 4709 } | |
| 4710 | |
| 168 | 4711 CFRelease(name); |
| 7 | 4712 |
| 4713 #if 0 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4714 // Done by Vim later on |
| 7 | 4715 DrawMenuBar(); |
| 4716 #endif | |
| 4717 } | |
| 4718 | |
| 4719 /* | |
| 4720 * Add a menu item to a menu | |
| 4721 */ | |
| 4722 void | |
| 593 | 4723 gui_mch_add_menu_item(vimmenu_T *menu, int idx) |
| 7 | 4724 { |
| 168 | 4725 CFStringRef name; |
| 7 | 4726 vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent; |
| 4727 int menu_inserted; | |
| 4728 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4729 // Cannot add item, if the menu have not been created |
| 7 | 4730 if (parent->submenu_id == 0) |
| 4731 return; | |
| 4732 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4733 // Could call SetMenuRefCon [CARBON] to associate with the Menu, |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4734 // for older OS call GetMenuItemData (menu, item, isCommandID?, data) |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4735 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4736 // Convert the name |
| 766 | 4737 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 4738 name = menu_title_removing_mnemonic(menu); |
| 4739 #else | |
| 7 | 4740 name = C2Pascal_save(menu->dname); |
| 168 | 4741 #endif |
| 7 | 4742 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4743 // Where are just a menu item, so no handle, no id |
| 7 | 4744 menu->submenu_id = 0; |
| 4745 menu->submenu_handle = NULL; | |
| 4746 | |
| 4747 menu_inserted = 0; | |
| 4748 if (menu->actext) | |
| 4749 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4750 // If the accelerator text for the menu item looks like it describes |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4751 // a command key (e.g., "<D-S-t>" or "<C-7>"), display it as the |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4752 // item's command equivalent. |
| 7 | 4753 int key = 0; |
| 4754 int modifiers = 0; | |
| 4755 char_u *p_actext; | |
| 4756 | |
| 4757 p_actext = menu->actext; | |
|
18301
506bf60a30a0
patch 8.1.2145: cannot map <C-H> when modifyOtherKeys is enabled
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
17063
diff
changeset
|
4758 key = find_special_key(&p_actext, &modifiers, FALSE, FALSE, FALSE, |
|
506bf60a30a0
patch 8.1.2145: cannot map <C-H> when modifyOtherKeys is enabled
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
17063
diff
changeset
|
4759 TRUE, NULL); |
| 7 | 4760 if (*p_actext != 0) |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4761 key = 0; // error: trailing text |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4762 // find_special_key() returns a keycode with as many of the |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4763 // specified modifiers as appropriate already applied (e.g., for |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4764 // "<D-C-x>" it returns Ctrl-X as the keycode and MOD_MASK_CMD |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4765 // as the only modifier). Since we want to display all of the |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4766 // modifiers, we need to convert the keycode back to a printable |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4767 // character plus modifiers. |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4768 // TODO: Write an alternative find_special_key() that doesn't |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4769 // apply modifiers. |
| 7 | 4770 if (key > 0 && key < 32) |
| 4771 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4772 // Convert a control key to an uppercase letter. Note that |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4773 // by this point it is no longer possible to distinguish |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4774 // between, e.g., Ctrl-S and Ctrl-Shift-S. |
| 7 | 4775 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL; |
| 4776 key += '@'; | |
| 4777 } | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4778 // If the keycode is an uppercase letter, set the Shift modifier. |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4779 // If it is a lowercase letter, don't set the modifier, but convert |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4780 // the letter to uppercase for display in the menu. |
| 7 | 4781 else if (key >= 'A' && key <= 'Z') |
| 4782 modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT; | |
| 4783 else if (key >= 'a' && key <= 'z') | |
| 4784 key += 'A' - 'a'; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4785 // Note: keycodes below 0x22 are reserved by Apple. |
| 7 | 4786 if (key >= 0x22 && vim_isprintc_strict(key)) |
| 4787 { | |
| 4788 int valid = 1; | |
| 4789 char_u mac_mods = kMenuNoModifiers; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4790 // Convert Vim modifier codes to Menu Manager equivalents. |
| 7 | 4791 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_SHIFT) |
| 4792 mac_mods |= kMenuShiftModifier; | |
| 4793 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_CTRL) | |
| 4794 mac_mods |= kMenuControlModifier; | |
| 4795 if (!(modifiers & MOD_MASK_CMD)) | |
| 4796 mac_mods |= kMenuNoCommandModifier; | |
| 4797 if (modifiers & MOD_MASK_ALT || modifiers & MOD_MASK_MULTI_CLICK) | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4798 valid = 0; // TODO: will Alt someday map to Option? |
| 7 | 4799 if (valid) |
| 4800 { | |
| 4801 char_u item_txt[10]; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4802 // Insert the menu item after idx, with its command key. |
| 7 | 4803 item_txt[0] = 3; item_txt[1] = ' '; item_txt[2] = '/'; |
| 4804 item_txt[3] = key; | |
| 4805 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, item_txt, idx); | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4806 // Set the modifier keys. |
| 7 | 4807 SetMenuItemModifiers(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, mac_mods); |
| 4808 menu_inserted = 1; | |
| 4809 } | |
| 4810 } | |
| 4811 } | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4812 // Call InsertMenuItem followed by SetMenuItemText |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4813 // to avoid special character recognition by InsertMenuItem |
| 7 | 4814 if (!menu_inserted) |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4815 InsertMenuItem(parent->submenu_handle, "\p ", idx); // afterItem |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4816 // Set the menu item name. |
| 168 | 4817 SetMenuItemTextWithCFString(parent->submenu_handle, idx+1, name); |
| 7 | 4818 |
| 4819 #if 0 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4820 // Called by Vim |
| 7 | 4821 DrawMenuBar(); |
| 4822 #endif | |
| 4823 | |
| 168 | 4824 CFRelease(name); |
| 7 | 4825 } |
| 4826 | |
| 4827 void | |
| 593 | 4828 gui_mch_toggle_tearoffs(int enable) |
| 7 | 4829 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4830 // no tearoff menus |
| 7 | 4831 } |
| 4832 | |
| 4833 /* | |
| 4834 * Destroy the machine specific menu widget. | |
| 4835 */ | |
| 4836 void | |
| 593 | 4837 gui_mch_destroy_menu(vimmenu_T *menu) |
| 7 | 4838 { |
| 9 | 4839 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
| 7 | 4840 |
| 4841 if (index > 0) | |
| 4842 { | |
| 4843 if (menu->parent) | |
| 4844 { | |
| 4845 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4846 // For now just don't delete help menu items. (Huh? Dany) |
| 9 | 4847 DeleteMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); |
| 7 | 4848 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4849 // Delete the Menu if it was a hierarchical Menu |
| 7 | 4850 if (menu->submenu_id != 0) |
| 4851 { | |
| 9 | 4852 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id); |
| 4853 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle); | |
| 7 | 4854 } |
| 4855 } | |
| 4856 } | |
| 4857 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_MENU | |
| 4858 else | |
| 4859 { | |
| 9 | 4860 printf("gmdm 2\n"); |
| 7 | 4861 } |
| 4862 #endif | |
| 4863 } | |
| 4864 else | |
| 4865 { | |
| 4866 { | |
| 9 | 4867 DeleteMenu(menu->submenu_id); |
| 4868 DisposeMenu(menu->submenu_handle); | |
| 7 | 4869 } |
| 4870 } | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4871 // Shouldn't this be already done by Vim. TODO: Check |
| 7 | 4872 DrawMenuBar(); |
| 4873 } | |
| 4874 | |
| 4875 /* | |
| 4876 * Make a menu either grey or not grey. | |
| 4877 */ | |
| 4878 void | |
| 593 | 4879 gui_mch_menu_grey(vimmenu_T *menu, int grey) |
| 7 | 4880 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4881 // TODO: Check if menu really exists |
| 9 | 4882 short index = gui_mac_get_menu_item_index(menu); |
| 7 | 4883 /* |
| 4884 index = menu->index; | |
| 4885 */ | |
| 4886 if (grey) | |
| 4887 { | |
| 4888 if (menu->children) | |
| 4889 DisableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 4890 if (menu->parent) | |
| 4891 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle) | |
| 4892 DisableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 4893 } | |
| 4894 else | |
| 4895 { | |
| 4896 if (menu->children) | |
| 4897 EnableMenuItem(menu->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 4898 if (menu->parent) | |
| 4899 if (menu->parent->submenu_handle) | |
| 4900 EnableMenuItem(menu->parent->submenu_handle, index); | |
| 4901 } | |
| 4902 } | |
| 4903 | |
| 4904 /* | |
| 4905 * Make menu item hidden or not hidden | |
| 4906 */ | |
| 4907 void | |
| 593 | 4908 gui_mch_menu_hidden(vimmenu_T *menu, int hidden) |
| 7 | 4909 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4910 // There's no hidden mode on MacOS |
| 9 | 4911 gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, hidden); |
| 7 | 4912 } |
| 4913 | |
| 4914 | |
| 4915 /* | |
| 4916 * This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not. | |
| 4917 */ | |
| 4918 void | |
| 593 | 4919 gui_mch_draw_menubar(void) |
| 7 | 4920 { |
| 4921 DrawMenuBar(); | |
| 4922 } | |
| 4923 | |
| 4924 | |
| 4925 /* | |
| 4926 * Scrollbar stuff. | |
| 4927 */ | |
| 4928 | |
| 4929 void | |
| 593 | 4930 gui_mch_enable_scrollbar( |
| 4931 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 4932 int flag) | |
| 7 | 4933 { |
| 4934 if (flag) | |
| 4935 ShowControl(sb->id); | |
| 4936 else | |
| 4937 HideControl(sb->id); | |
| 4938 | |
| 4939 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB | |
| 9 | 4940 printf("enb_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, flag); |
| 7 | 4941 #endif |
| 4942 } | |
| 4943 | |
| 4944 void | |
| 593 | 4945 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb( |
| 4946 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 4947 long val, | |
| 4948 long size, | |
| 4949 long max) | |
| 7 | 4950 { |
| 4951 SetControl32BitMaximum (sb->id, max); | |
| 4952 SetControl32BitMinimum (sb->id, 0); | |
| 4953 SetControl32BitValue (sb->id, val); | |
| 1107 | 4954 SetControlViewSize (sb->id, size); |
| 7 | 4955 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
|
9199
665d10cb3e6b
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/ea0345901cc2af29f9c5dd0d9d8a818d5f96a63b
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9013
diff
changeset
|
4956 printf("thumb_sb (%x) %lx, %lx,%lx\n",sb->id, val, size, max); |
| 7 | 4957 #endif |
| 4958 } | |
| 4959 | |
| 4960 void | |
| 593 | 4961 gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos( |
| 4962 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
| 4963 int x, | |
| 4964 int y, | |
| 4965 int w, | |
| 4966 int h) | |
| 7 | 4967 { |
| 4968 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4969 #if 0 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4970 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) |
| 7 | 4971 { |
| 9 | 4972 MoveControl(sb->id, x-16, y); |
| 4973 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h); | |
| 7 | 4974 } |
| 4975 else | |
| 4976 { | |
| 9 | 4977 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y); |
| 4978 SizeControl(sb->id, w + 1, h); | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4979 } |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4980 #endif |
| 7 | 4981 if (sb == &gui.bottom_sbar) |
| 4982 h += 1; | |
| 4983 else | |
| 4984 w += 1; | |
| 4985 | |
| 4986 if (gui.which_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT]) | |
| 4987 x -= 15; | |
| 4988 | |
| 9 | 4989 MoveControl(sb->id, x, y); |
| 4990 SizeControl(sb->id, w, h); | |
| 7 | 4991 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
| 9 | 4992 printf("size_sb (%x) %x, %x, %x, %x\n",sb->id, x, y, w, h); |
| 7 | 4993 #endif |
| 4994 } | |
| 4995 | |
| 4996 void | |
| 593 | 4997 gui_mch_create_scrollbar( |
| 4998 scrollbar_T *sb, | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
4999 int orient) // SBAR_VERT or SBAR_HORIZ |
| 7 | 5000 { |
| 5001 Rect bounds; | |
| 5002 | |
| 5003 bounds.top = -16; | |
| 5004 bounds.bottom = -10; | |
| 5005 bounds.right = -10; | |
| 5006 bounds.left = -16; | |
| 5007 | |
| 9 | 5008 sb->id = NewControl(gui.VimWindow, |
| 7 | 5009 &bounds, |
| 5010 "\pScrollBar", | |
| 5011 TRUE, | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5012 0, // current |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5013 0, // top |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5014 0, // bottom |
| 7 | 5015 kControlScrollBarLiveProc, |
| 5016 (long) sb->ident); | |
| 5017 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB | |
| 9 | 5018 printf("create_sb (%x) %x\n",sb->id, orient); |
| 7 | 5019 #endif |
| 5020 } | |
| 5021 | |
| 5022 void | |
| 593 | 5023 gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(scrollbar_T *sb) |
| 7 | 5024 { |
| 5025 gui_mch_set_bg_color(gui.back_pixel); | |
| 9 | 5026 DisposeControl(sb->id); |
| 7 | 5027 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_SB |
| 9 | 5028 printf("dest_sb (%x) \n",sb->id); |
| 7 | 5029 #endif |
| 5030 } | |
| 5031 | |
|
9213
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5032 int |
|
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5033 gui_mch_is_blinking(void) |
|
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5034 { |
|
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5035 return FALSE; |
|
bb86514cad15
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/703a8044b5393d37d355b0b1054a9a5a13912a3f
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9199
diff
changeset
|
5036 } |
| 7 | 5037 |
|
9428
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5038 int |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5039 gui_mch_is_blink_off(void) |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5040 { |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5041 return FALSE; |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5042 } |
|
0c7f47088e55
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/9d5d3c9c4468ad76f16b50eabd3d9e7eab2ed44d
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9213
diff
changeset
|
5043 |
| 7 | 5044 /* |
| 5045 * Cursor blink functions. | |
| 5046 * | |
| 5047 * This is a simple state machine: | |
| 5048 * BLINK_NONE not blinking at all | |
| 5049 * BLINK_OFF blinking, cursor is not shown | |
| 5050 * BLINK_ON blinking, cursor is shown | |
| 5051 */ | |
| 5052 void | |
| 5053 gui_mch_set_blinking(long wait, long on, long off) | |
| 5054 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5055 #if 0 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5056 // TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5057 blink_waittime = wait; |
| 7 | 5058 blink_ontime = on; |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5059 blink_offtime = off; |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5060 #endif |
| 7 | 5061 } |
| 5062 | |
| 5063 /* | |
| 5064 * Stop the cursor blinking. Show the cursor if it wasn't shown. | |
| 5065 */ | |
| 5066 void | |
|
13152
f4c3a7f410f4
patch 8.0.1450: GUI: endless loop when stopping cursor blinking
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12924
diff
changeset
|
5067 gui_mch_stop_blink(int may_call_gui_update_cursor) |
|
f4c3a7f410f4
patch 8.0.1450: GUI: endless loop when stopping cursor blinking
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12924
diff
changeset
|
5068 { |
|
f4c3a7f410f4
patch 8.0.1450: GUI: endless loop when stopping cursor blinking
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12924
diff
changeset
|
5069 if (may_call_gui_update_cursor) |
|
f4c3a7f410f4
patch 8.0.1450: GUI: endless loop when stopping cursor blinking
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12924
diff
changeset
|
5070 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5071 #if 0 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5072 // TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5073 gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); |
| 7 | 5074 if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF) |
| 5075 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5076 blink_state = BLINK_NONE; |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5077 #endif |
| 7 | 5078 } |
| 5079 | |
| 5080 /* | |
| 5081 * Start the cursor blinking. If it was already blinking, this restarts the | |
| 5082 * waiting time and shows the cursor. | |
| 5083 */ | |
| 5084 void | |
| 593 | 5085 gui_mch_start_blink(void) |
| 7 | 5086 { |
| 5087 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5088 // TODO: TODO: TODO: TODO: |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5089 // gui_w32_rm_blink_timer(); |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5090 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5091 // Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5092 #if 0 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5093 if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime) |
| 7 | 5094 { |
| 5095 blink_timer = SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_waittime, | |
| 5096 (TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer); | |
| 5097 blink_state = BLINK_ON; | |
| 5098 gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE); | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5099 } |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5100 #endif |
| 7 | 5101 } |
| 5102 | |
| 5103 /* | |
| 5104 * Return the RGB value of a pixel as long. | |
| 5105 */ | |
|
9939
ccb6461b82df
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/1b58cdd160c2e0ada0f638679a2aa27e4665fc48
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9869
diff
changeset
|
5106 guicolor_T |
| 7 | 5107 gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel) |
| 5108 { | |
|
9939
ccb6461b82df
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/1b58cdd160c2e0ada0f638679a2aa27e4665fc48
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9869
diff
changeset
|
5109 return (guicolor_T)((Red(pixel) << 16) + (Green(pixel) << 8) + Blue(pixel)); |
| 7 | 5110 } |
| 5111 | |
| 5112 | |
| 5113 | |
| 5114 #ifdef FEAT_BROWSE | |
| 5115 /* | |
| 5116 * Pop open a file browser and return the file selected, in allocated memory, | |
| 5117 * or NULL if Cancel is hit. | |
| 5118 * saving - TRUE if the file will be saved to, FALSE if it will be opened. | |
| 5119 * title - Title message for the file browser dialog. | |
| 5120 * dflt - Default name of file. | |
| 5121 * ext - Default extension to be added to files without extensions. | |
| 5122 * initdir - directory in which to open the browser (NULL = current dir) | |
| 5123 * filter - Filter for matched files to choose from. | |
| 5124 * Has a format like this: | |
| 5125 * "C Files (*.c)\0*.c\0" | |
| 5126 * "All Files\0*.*\0\0" | |
| 5127 * If these two strings were concatenated, then a choice of two file | |
| 5128 * filters will be selectable to the user. Then only matching files will | |
| 5129 * be shown in the browser. If NULL, the default allows all files. | |
| 5130 * | |
| 5131 * *NOTE* - the filter string must be terminated with TWO nulls. | |
| 5132 */ | |
| 5133 char_u * | |
| 5134 gui_mch_browse( | |
| 5135 int saving, | |
| 5136 char_u *title, | |
| 5137 char_u *dflt, | |
| 5138 char_u *ext, | |
| 5139 char_u *initdir, | |
| 5140 char_u *filter) | |
| 5141 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5142 // TODO: Add Ammon's safety check (Dany) |
| 7 | 5143 NavReplyRecord reply; |
| 5144 char_u *fname = NULL; | |
| 5145 char_u **fnames = NULL; | |
| 5146 long numFiles; | |
| 5147 NavDialogOptions navOptions; | |
| 5148 OSErr error; | |
| 5149 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5150 // Get Navigation Service Defaults value |
| 9 | 5151 NavGetDefaultDialogOptions(&navOptions); |
| 7 | 5152 |
| 5153 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5154 // TODO: If we get a :browse args, set the Multiple bit. |
| 7 | 5155 navOptions.dialogOptionFlags = kNavAllowInvisibleFiles |
| 5156 | kNavDontAutoTranslate | |
| 5157 | kNavDontAddTranslateItems | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5158 // | kNavAllowMultipleFiles |
| 7 | 5159 | kNavAllowStationery; |
| 5160 | |
| 9 | 5161 (void) C2PascalString(title, &navOptions.message); |
| 5162 (void) C2PascalString(dflt, &navOptions.savedFileName); | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5163 // Could set clientName? |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5164 // windowTitle? (there's no title bar?) |
| 7 | 5165 |
| 5166 if (saving) | |
| 5167 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5168 // Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt |
| 9 | 5169 NavPutFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, 'TEXT', 'VIM!', NULL); |
| 7 | 5170 if (!reply.validRecord) |
| 5171 return NULL; | |
| 5172 } | |
| 5173 else | |
| 5174 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5175 // Change first parm AEDesc (typeFSS) *defaultLocation to match dflt |
| 7 | 5176 NavGetFile(NULL, &reply, &navOptions, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL, NULL); |
| 5177 if (!reply.validRecord) | |
| 5178 return NULL; | |
| 5179 } | |
| 5180 | |
| 5181 fnames = new_fnames_from_AEDesc(&reply.selection, &numFiles, &error); | |
| 5182 | |
| 9 | 5183 NavDisposeReply(&reply); |
| 7 | 5184 |
| 5185 if (fnames) | |
| 5186 { | |
| 5187 fname = fnames[0]; | |
| 5188 vim_free(fnames); | |
| 5189 } | |
| 5190 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5191 // TODO: Shorten the file name if possible |
| 7 | 5192 return fname; |
| 5193 } | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5194 #endif // FEAT_BROWSE |
| 7 | 5195 |
| 5196 #ifdef FEAT_GUI_DIALOG | |
| 5197 /* | |
| 5198 * Stuff for dialogues | |
| 5199 */ | |
| 5200 | |
| 5201 /* | |
| 5202 * Create a dialogue dynamically from the parameter strings. | |
| 5203 * type = type of dialogue (question, alert, etc.) | |
| 5204 * title = dialogue title. may be NULL for default title. | |
| 5205 * message = text to display. Dialogue sizes to accommodate it. | |
| 5206 * buttons = '\n' separated list of button captions, default first. | |
| 5207 * dfltbutton = number of default button. | |
| 5208 * | |
| 5209 * This routine returns 1 if the first button is pressed, | |
| 5210 * 2 for the second, etc. | |
| 5211 * | |
| 5212 * 0 indicates Esc was pressed. | |
| 5213 * -1 for unexpected error | |
| 5214 * | |
| 5215 * If stubbing out this fn, return 1. | |
| 5216 */ | |
| 5217 | |
| 5218 typedef struct | |
| 5219 { | |
| 5220 short idx; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5221 short width; // Size of the text in pixel |
| 7 | 5222 Rect box; |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5223 } vgmDlgItm; // Vim Gui_Mac.c Dialog Item |
| 7 | 5224 |
| 5225 #define MoveRectTo(r,x,y) OffsetRect(r,x-r->left,y-r->top) | |
| 5226 | |
| 5227 static void | |
| 5228 macMoveDialogItem( | |
| 5229 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5230 short itemNumber, | |
| 5231 short X, | |
| 5232 short Y, | |
| 5233 Rect *inBox) | |
| 5234 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5235 #if 0 // USE_CARBONIZED |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5236 // Untested |
| 9 | 5237 MoveDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, X, Y); |
| 7 | 5238 if (inBox != nil) |
| 9 | 5239 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, inBox); |
| 7 | 5240 #else |
| 5241 short itemType; | |
| 5242 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5243 Rect localBox; | |
| 5244 Rect *itemBox = &localBox; | |
| 5245 | |
| 5246 if (inBox != nil) | |
| 5247 itemBox = inBox; | |
| 5248 | |
| 9 | 5249 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, itemBox); |
| 5250 OffsetRect(itemBox, -itemBox->left, -itemBox->top); | |
| 5251 OffsetRect(itemBox, X, Y); | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5252 // To move a control (like a button) we need to call both |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5253 // MoveControl and SetDialogItem. FAQ 6-18 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5254 if (1) //(itemType & kControlDialogItem) |
| 9 | 5255 MoveControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, X, Y); |
| 5256 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, itemBox); | |
| 7 | 5257 #endif |
| 5258 } | |
| 5259 | |
| 5260 static void | |
| 5261 macSizeDialogItem( | |
| 5262 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5263 short itemNumber, | |
| 5264 short width, | |
| 5265 short height) | |
| 5266 { | |
| 5267 short itemType; | |
| 5268 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5269 Rect itemBox; | |
| 5270 | |
| 9 | 5271 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox); |
| 7 | 5272 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5273 // When width or height is zero do not change it |
| 7 | 5274 if (width == 0) |
| 5275 width = itemBox.right - itemBox.left; | |
| 5276 if (height == 0) | |
| 5277 height = itemBox.bottom - itemBox.top; | |
| 5278 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5279 #if 0 // USE_CARBONIZED |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5280 SizeDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, width, height); // Untested |
| 7 | 5281 #else |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5282 // Resize the bounding box |
| 7 | 5283 itemBox.right = itemBox.left + width; |
| 5284 itemBox.bottom = itemBox.top + height; | |
| 5285 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5286 // To resize a control (like a button) we need to call both |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5287 // SizeControl and SetDialogItem. (deducted from FAQ 6-18) |
| 7 | 5288 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem) |
| 9 | 5289 SizeControl((ControlRef) itemHandle, width, height); |
| 7 | 5290 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5291 // Configure back the item |
| 9 | 5292 SetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, itemType, itemHandle, &itemBox); |
| 7 | 5293 #endif |
| 5294 } | |
| 5295 | |
| 5296 static void | |
| 5297 macSetDialogItemText( | |
| 5298 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5299 short itemNumber, | |
| 5300 Str255 itemName) | |
| 5301 { | |
| 5302 short itemType; | |
| 5303 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5304 Rect itemBox; | |
| 5305 | |
| 9 | 5306 GetDialogItem(theDialog, itemNumber, &itemType, &itemHandle, &itemBox); |
| 7 | 5307 |
| 5308 if (itemType & kControlDialogItem) | |
| 9 | 5309 SetControlTitle((ControlRef) itemHandle, itemName); |
| 7 | 5310 else |
| 9 | 5311 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, itemName); |
| 7 | 5312 } |
| 5313 | |
| 1572 | 5314 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5315 /* |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5316 * ModalDialog() handler for message dialogs that have hotkey accelerators. |
| 1572 | 5317 * Expects a mapping of hotkey char to control index in gDialogHotKeys; |
| 5318 * setting gDialogHotKeys to NULL disables any hotkey handling. | |
| 5319 */ | |
| 5320 static pascal Boolean | |
| 5321 DialogHotkeyFilterProc ( | |
| 5322 DialogRef theDialog, | |
| 5323 EventRecord *event, | |
| 5324 DialogItemIndex *itemHit) | |
| 5325 { | |
| 5326 char_u keyHit; | |
| 5327 | |
| 5328 if (event->what == keyDown || event->what == autoKey) | |
| 5329 { | |
| 5330 keyHit = (event->message & charCodeMask); | |
| 5331 | |
| 5332 if (gDialogHotKeys && gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]) | |
| 5333 { | |
| 5334 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_DIALOG_HOTKEYS | |
| 5335 printf("user pressed hotkey '%c' --> item %d\n", keyHit, gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]); | |
| 5336 #endif | |
| 5337 *itemHit = gDialogHotKeys[keyHit]; | |
| 5338 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5339 // When handing off to StdFilterProc, pretend that the user |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5340 // clicked the control manually. Note that this is also supposed |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5341 // to cause the button to hilite briefly (to give some user |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5342 // feedback), but this seems not to actually work (or it's too |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5343 // fast to be seen). |
| 1572 | 5344 event->what = kEventControlSimulateHit; |
| 5345 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5346 return true; // we took care of it |
| 1572 | 5347 } |
| 5348 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5349 // Defer to the OS's standard behavior for this event. |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5350 // This ensures that Enter will still activate the default button. |
| 1572 | 5351 return StdFilterProc(theDialog, event, itemHit); |
| 5352 } | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5353 return false; // Let ModalDialog deal with it |
| 1572 | 5354 } |
| 5355 | |
| 5356 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5357 /* |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5358 * TODO: There have been some crashes with dialogs, check your inbox |
| 593 | 5359 * (Jussi) |
| 5360 */ | |
| 7 | 5361 int |
| 5362 gui_mch_dialog( | |
| 5363 int type, | |
| 5364 char_u *title, | |
| 5365 char_u *message, | |
| 5366 char_u *buttons, | |
| 5367 int dfltbutton, | |
| 2684 | 5368 char_u *textfield, |
| 5369 int ex_cmd) | |
| 7 | 5370 { |
| 5371 Handle buttonDITL; | |
| 5372 Handle iconDITL; | |
| 5373 Handle inputDITL; | |
| 5374 Handle messageDITL; | |
| 5375 Handle itemHandle; | |
| 5376 Handle iconHandle; | |
| 5377 DialogPtr theDialog; | |
| 5378 char_u len; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5379 char_u PascalTitle[256]; // place holder for the title |
| 7 | 5380 char_u name[256]; |
| 5381 GrafPtr oldPort; | |
| 5382 short itemHit; | |
| 5383 char_u *buttonChar; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5384 short hotKeys[256]; // map of hotkey -> control ID |
| 1572 | 5385 char_u aHotKey; |
| 7 | 5386 Rect box; |
| 5387 short button; | |
| 5388 short lastButton; | |
| 5389 short itemType; | |
| 5390 short useIcon; | |
| 5391 short width; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5392 short totalButtonWidth = 0; // the width of all buttons together |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5393 // including spacing |
| 7 | 5394 short widestButton = 0; |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5395 short dfltButtonEdge = 20; // gut feeling |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5396 short dfltElementSpacing = 13; // from IM:V.2-29 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5397 short dfltIconSideSpace = 23; // from IM:V.2-29 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5398 short maximumWidth = 400; // gut feeling |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5399 short maxButtonWidth = 175; // gut feeling |
| 7 | 5400 |
| 5401 short vertical; | |
| 5402 short dialogHeight; | |
| 5403 short messageLines = 3; | |
| 5404 FontInfo textFontInfo; | |
| 5405 | |
| 5406 vgmDlgItm iconItm; | |
| 5407 vgmDlgItm messageItm; | |
| 5408 vgmDlgItm inputItm; | |
| 5409 vgmDlgItm buttonItm; | |
| 5410 | |
| 5411 WindowRef theWindow; | |
| 5412 | |
| 1572 | 5413 ModalFilterUPP dialogUPP; |
| 5414 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5415 // Check 'v' flag in 'guioptions': vertical button placement. |
| 7 | 5416 vertical = (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_VERTICAL) != NULL); |
| 5417 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5418 // Create a new Dialog Box from template. |
| 9 | 5419 theDialog = GetNewDialog(129, nil, (WindowRef) -1); |
| 7 | 5420 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5421 // Get the WindowRef |
| 7 | 5422 theWindow = GetDialogWindow(theDialog); |
| 5423 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5424 // Hide the window. |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5425 // 1. to avoid seeing slow drawing |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5426 // 2. to prevent a problem seen while moving dialog item |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5427 // within a visible window. (non-Carbon MacOS 9) |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5428 // Could be avoided by changing the resource. |
| 9 | 5429 HideWindow(theWindow); |
| 7 | 5430 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5431 // Change the graphical port to the dialog, |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5432 // so we can measure the text with the proper font |
| 9 | 5433 GetPort(&oldPort); |
| 5434 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog); | |
| 7 | 5435 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5436 // Get the info about the default text, |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5437 // used to calculate the height of the message |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5438 // and of the text field |
| 7 | 5439 GetFontInfo(&textFontInfo); |
| 5440 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5441 // Set the dialog title |
| 7 | 5442 if (title != NULL) |
| 5443 { | |
| 9 | 5444 (void) C2PascalString(title, &PascalTitle); |
| 5445 SetWTitle(theWindow, PascalTitle); | |
| 7 | 5446 } |
| 5447 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5448 // Creates the buttons and add them to the Dialog Box. |
| 9 | 5449 buttonDITL = GetResource('DITL', 130); |
| 7 | 5450 buttonChar = buttons; |
| 5451 button = 0; | |
| 5452 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5453 // initialize the hotkey mapping |
|
2215
cccb71c2c5c1
Fix uninit memory read in undo code. Fix uint32_t in proto file.
Bram Moolenaar <bram@vim.org>
parents:
1776
diff
changeset
|
5454 vim_memset(hotKeys, 0, sizeof(hotKeys)); |
| 1572 | 5455 |
| 7 | 5456 for (;*buttonChar != 0;) |
| 5457 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5458 // Get the name of the button |
| 7 | 5459 button++; |
| 5460 len = 0; | |
| 5461 for (;((*buttonChar != DLG_BUTTON_SEP) && (*buttonChar != 0) && (len < 255)); buttonChar++) | |
| 5462 { | |
| 5463 if (*buttonChar != DLG_HOTKEY_CHAR) | |
| 5464 name[++len] = *buttonChar; | |
| 1572 | 5465 else |
| 5466 { | |
| 5467 aHotKey = (char_u)*(buttonChar+1); | |
| 5468 if (aHotKey >= 'A' && aHotKey <= 'Z') | |
| 5469 aHotKey = (char_u)((int)aHotKey + (int)'a' - (int)'A'); | |
| 5470 hotKeys[aHotKey] = button; | |
| 5471 #ifdef DEBUG_MAC_DIALOG_HOTKEYS | |
| 5472 printf("### hotKey for button %d is '%c'\n", button, aHotKey); | |
| 5473 #endif | |
| 5474 } | |
| 7 | 5475 } |
| 1572 | 5476 |
| 7 | 5477 if (*buttonChar != 0) |
| 5478 buttonChar++; | |
| 5479 name[0] = len; | |
| 5480 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5481 // Add the button |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5482 AppendDITL(theDialog, buttonDITL, overlayDITL); // appendDITLRight); |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5483 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5484 // Change the button's name |
| 9 | 5485 macSetDialogItemText(theDialog, button, name); |
| 7 | 5486 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5487 // Resize the button to fit its name |
| 9 | 5488 width = StringWidth(name) + 2 * dfltButtonEdge; |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5489 // Limit the size of any button to an acceptable value. |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5490 // TODO: Should be based on the message width |
| 7 | 5491 if (width > maxButtonWidth) |
| 5492 width = maxButtonWidth; | |
| 9 | 5493 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, width, 0); |
| 7 | 5494 |
| 5495 totalButtonWidth += width; | |
| 5496 | |
| 5497 if (width > widestButton) | |
| 5498 widestButton = width; | |
| 5499 } | |
| 9 | 5500 ReleaseResource(buttonDITL); |
| 7 | 5501 lastButton = button; |
| 5502 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5503 // Add the icon to the Dialog Box. |
| 7 | 5504 iconItm.idx = lastButton + 1; |
| 9 | 5505 iconDITL = GetResource('DITL', 131); |
| 7 | 5506 switch (type) |
| 5507 { | |
| 2585 | 5508 case VIM_GENERIC: |
| 5509 case VIM_INFO: | |
| 5510 case VIM_QUESTION: useIcon = kNoteIcon; break; | |
| 5511 case VIM_WARNING: useIcon = kCautionIcon; break; | |
| 5512 case VIM_ERROR: useIcon = kStopIcon; break; | |
| 3935 | 5513 default: useIcon = kStopIcon; |
| 2585 | 5514 } |
| 9 | 5515 AppendDITL(theDialog, iconDITL, overlayDITL); |
| 5516 ReleaseResource(iconDITL); | |
| 5517 GetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5518 // TODO: Should the item be freed? |
| 9 | 5519 iconHandle = GetIcon(useIcon); |
| 5520 SetDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, itemType, iconHandle, &box); | |
| 7 | 5521 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5522 // Add the message to the Dialog box. |
| 7 | 5523 messageItm.idx = lastButton + 2; |
| 9 | 5524 messageDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132); |
| 5525 AppendDITL(theDialog, messageDITL, overlayDITL); | |
| 5526 ReleaseResource(messageDITL); | |
| 5527 GetDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 5528 (void) C2PascalString(message, &name); | |
| 5529 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name); | |
| 5530 messageItm.width = StringWidth(name); | |
| 7 | 5531 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5532 // Add the input box if needed |
| 7 | 5533 if (textfield != NULL) |
| 5534 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5535 // Cheat for now reuse the message and convert to text edit |
| 7 | 5536 inputItm.idx = lastButton + 3; |
| 9 | 5537 inputDITL = GetResource('DITL', 132); |
| 5538 AppendDITL(theDialog, inputDITL, overlayDITL); | |
| 5539 ReleaseResource(inputDITL); | |
| 5540 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5541 // SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &box); |
| 9 | 5542 (void) C2PascalString(textfield, &name); |
| 5543 SetDialogItemText(itemHandle, name); | |
| 5544 inputItm.width = StringWidth(name); | |
| 1572 | 5545 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5546 // Hotkeys don't make sense if there's a text field |
| 1572 | 5547 gDialogHotKeys = NULL; |
| 7 | 5548 } |
| 1572 | 5549 else |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5550 // Install hotkey table |
| 1572 | 5551 gDialogHotKeys = (short *)&hotKeys; |
| 7 | 5552 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5553 // Set the <ENTER> and <ESC> button. |
| 9 | 5554 SetDialogDefaultItem(theDialog, dfltbutton); |
| 5555 SetDialogCancelItem(theDialog, 0); | |
| 7 | 5556 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5557 // Reposition element |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5558 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5559 // Check if we need to force vertical |
| 7 | 5560 if (totalButtonWidth > maximumWidth) |
| 5561 vertical = TRUE; | |
| 5562 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5563 // Place icon |
| 9 | 5564 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, iconItm.idx, dfltIconSideSpace, dfltElementSpacing, &box); |
| 7 | 5565 iconItm.box.right = box.right; |
| 5566 iconItm.box.bottom = box.bottom; | |
| 5567 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5568 // Place Message |
| 7 | 5569 messageItm.box.left = iconItm.box.right + dfltIconSideSpace; |
| 9 | 5570 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, 0, messageLines * (textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent)); |
| 5571 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, messageItm.idx, messageItm.box.left, dfltElementSpacing, &messageItm.box); | |
| 7 | 5572 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5573 // Place Input |
| 7 | 5574 if (textfield != NULL) |
| 5575 { | |
| 5576 inputItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left; | |
| 5577 inputItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 9 | 5578 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, textFontInfo.ascent + textFontInfo.descent); |
| 5579 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, inputItm.box.left, inputItm.box.top, &inputItm.box); | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5580 // Convert the static text into a text edit. |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5581 // For some reason this change need to be done last (Dany) |
| 9 | 5582 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &inputItm.box); |
| 5583 SetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, kEditTextDialogItem, itemHandle, &inputItm.box); | |
| 7 | 5584 SelectDialogItemText(theDialog, inputItm.idx, 0, 32767); |
| 5585 } | |
| 5586 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5587 // Place Button |
| 7 | 5588 if (textfield != NULL) |
| 5589 { | |
| 5590 buttonItm.box.left = inputItm.box.left; | |
| 5591 buttonItm.box.top = inputItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5592 } | |
| 5593 else | |
| 5594 { | |
| 5595 buttonItm.box.left = messageItm.box.left; | |
| 5596 buttonItm.box.top = messageItm.box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5597 } | |
| 5598 | |
| 5599 for (button=1; button <= lastButton; button++) | |
| 5600 { | |
| 5601 | |
| 9 | 5602 macMoveDialogItem(theDialog, button, buttonItm.box.left, buttonItm.box.top, &box); |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5603 // With vertical, it's better to have all buttons the same length |
| 7 | 5604 if (vertical) |
| 5605 { | |
| 9 | 5606 macSizeDialogItem(theDialog, button, widestButton, 0); |
| 5607 GetDialogItem(theDialog, button, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); | |
| 7 | 5608 } |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5609 // Calculate position of next button |
| 7 | 5610 if (vertical) |
| 5611 buttonItm.box.top = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5612 else | |
| 5613 buttonItm.box.left = box.right + dfltElementSpacing; | |
| 5614 } | |
| 5615 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5616 // Resize the dialog box |
| 7 | 5617 dialogHeight = box.bottom + dfltElementSpacing; |
| 5618 SizeWindow(theWindow, maximumWidth, dialogHeight, TRUE); | |
| 5619 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5620 // Magic resize |
| 9 | 5621 AutoSizeDialog(theDialog); |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5622 // Need a horizontal resize anyway so not that useful |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5623 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5624 // Display it |
| 7 | 5625 ShowWindow(theWindow); |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5626 // BringToFront(theWindow); |
| 7 | 5627 SelectWindow(theWindow); |
| 5628 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5629 // DrawDialog(theDialog); |
| 7 | 5630 #if 0 |
| 9 | 5631 GetPort(&oldPort); |
| 5632 SetPortDialogPort(theDialog); | |
| 7 | 5633 #endif |
| 5634 | |
| 857 | 5635 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5636 // Avoid that we use key events for the main window. |
| 857 | 5637 dialog_busy = TRUE; |
| 5638 #endif | |
| 5639 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5640 // Prepare the shortcut-handling filterProc for handing to the dialog |
| 1572 | 5641 dialogUPP = NewModalFilterUPP(DialogHotkeyFilterProc); |
| 5642 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5643 // Hang until one of the button is hit |
| 7 | 5644 do |
| 1572 | 5645 ModalDialog(dialogUPP, &itemHit); |
|
16162
cd5c83115ec6
patch 8.1.1086: too many curly braces
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15967
diff
changeset
|
5646 while ((itemHit < 1) || (itemHit > lastButton)); |
| 7 | 5647 |
| 857 | 5648 #ifdef USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER |
| 5649 dialog_busy = FALSE; | |
| 5650 #endif | |
| 5651 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5652 // Copy back the text entered by the user into the param |
| 7 | 5653 if (textfield != NULL) |
| 5654 { | |
| 9 | 5655 GetDialogItem(theDialog, inputItm.idx, &itemType, &itemHandle, &box); |
| 5656 GetDialogItemText(itemHandle, (char_u *) &name); | |
| 7 | 5657 #if IOSIZE < 256 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5658 // Truncate the name to IOSIZE if needed |
| 7 | 5659 if (name[0] > IOSIZE) |
| 5660 name[0] = IOSIZE - 1; | |
| 5661 #endif | |
| 418 | 5662 vim_strncpy(textfield, &name[1], name[0]); |
| 7 | 5663 } |
| 5664 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5665 // Restore the original graphical port |
| 9 | 5666 SetPort(oldPort); |
| 7 | 5667 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5668 // Free the modal filterProc |
| 1572 | 5669 DisposeRoutineDescriptor(dialogUPP); |
| 5670 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5671 // Get ride of the dialog (free memory) |
| 9 | 5672 DisposeDialog(theDialog); |
| 7 | 5673 |
| 5674 return itemHit; | |
| 5675 /* | |
| 2585 | 5676 * Useful thing which could be used |
| 7 | 5677 * SetDialogTimeout(): Auto click a button after timeout |
| 5678 * SetDialogTracksCursor() : Get the I-beam cursor over input box | |
| 5679 * MoveDialogItem(): Probably better than SetDialogItem | |
| 5680 * SizeDialogItem(): (but is it Carbon Only?) | |
| 1373 | 5681 * AutoSizeDialog(): Magic resize of dialog based on text length |
| 7 | 5682 */ |
| 5683 } | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5684 #endif // FEAT_DIALOG_GUI |
| 7 | 5685 |
| 5686 /* | |
| 5687 * Display the saved error message(s). | |
| 5688 */ | |
| 5689 #ifdef USE_MCH_ERRMSG | |
| 5690 void | |
| 593 | 5691 display_errors(void) |
| 7 | 5692 { |
| 5693 char *p; | |
| 5694 char_u pError[256]; | |
| 5695 | |
| 593 | 5696 if (error_ga.ga_data == NULL) |
| 5697 return; | |
| 5698 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5699 // avoid putting up a message box with blanks only |
| 593 | 5700 for (p = (char *)error_ga.ga_data; *p; ++p) |
| 5701 if (!isspace(*p)) | |
| 5702 { | |
| 5703 if (STRLEN(p) > 255) | |
| 5704 pError[0] = 255; | |
| 5705 else | |
| 5706 pError[0] = STRLEN(p); | |
| 5707 | |
| 5708 STRNCPY(&pError[1], p, pError[0]); | |
| 5709 ParamText(pError, nil, nil, nil); | |
| 5710 Alert(128, nil); | |
| 5711 break; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5712 // TODO: handled message longer than 256 chars |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5713 // use auto-sizeable alert |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5714 // or dialog with scrollbars (TextEdit zone) |
| 593 | 5715 } |
| 5716 ga_clear(&error_ga); | |
| 7 | 5717 } |
| 5718 #endif | |
| 5719 | |
| 5720 /* | |
| 87 | 5721 * Get current mouse coordinates in text window. |
| 7 | 5722 */ |
| 95 | 5723 void |
| 5724 gui_mch_getmouse(int *x, int *y) | |
| 7 | 5725 { |
| 5726 Point where; | |
| 5727 | |
| 5728 GetMouse(&where); | |
| 5729 | |
| 87 | 5730 *x = where.h; |
| 5731 *y = where.v; | |
| 7 | 5732 } |
| 5733 | |
| 5734 void | |
| 593 | 5735 gui_mch_setmouse(int x, int y) |
| 7 | 5736 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5737 // TODO |
| 7 | 5738 #if 0 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5739 // From FAQ 3-11 |
| 7 | 5740 |
| 5741 CursorDevicePtr myMouse; | |
| 5742 Point where; | |
| 5743 | |
| 9 | 5744 if ( NGetTrapAddress(_CursorDeviceDispatch, ToolTrap) |
| 5745 != NGetTrapAddress(_Unimplemented, ToolTrap)) | |
| 7 | 5746 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5747 // New way |
| 7 | 5748 |
| 5749 /* | |
| 4352 | 5750 * Get first device with one button. |
| 5751 * This will probably be the standard mouse | |
| 5752 * start at head of cursor dev list | |
| 7 | 5753 * |
| 5754 */ | |
| 5755 | |
| 5756 myMouse = nil; | |
| 5757 | |
| 5758 do | |
| 5759 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5760 // Get the next cursor device |
| 7 | 5761 CursorDeviceNextDevice(&myMouse); |
| 5762 } | |
| 9 | 5763 while ((myMouse != nil) && (myMouse->cntButtons != 1)); |
| 5764 | |
| 5765 CursorDeviceMoveTo(myMouse, x, y); | |
| 7 | 5766 } |
| 5767 else | |
| 5768 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5769 // Old way |
| 7 | 5770 where.h = x; |
| 5771 where.v = y; | |
| 5772 | |
| 5773 *(Point *)RawMouse = where; | |
| 5774 *(Point *)MTemp = where; | |
| 5775 *(Ptr) CrsrNew = 0xFFFF; | |
| 5776 } | |
| 5777 #endif | |
| 5778 } | |
| 5779 | |
| 5780 void | |
| 593 | 5781 gui_mch_show_popupmenu(vimmenu_T *menu) |
| 7 | 5782 { |
| 5783 /* | |
| 5784 * Clone PopUp to use menu | |
| 5785 * Create a object descriptor for the current selection | |
| 5786 * Call the procedure | |
| 5787 */ | |
| 5788 | |
| 5789 MenuHandle CntxMenu; | |
| 5790 Point where; | |
| 5791 OSStatus status; | |
| 5792 UInt32 CntxType; | |
| 5793 SInt16 CntxMenuID; | |
| 5794 UInt16 CntxMenuItem; | |
| 5795 Str255 HelpName = ""; | |
| 5796 GrafPtr savePort; | |
| 5797 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5798 // Save Current Port: On MacOS X we seem to lose the port |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5799 GetPort(&savePort); //OSX |
| 9 | 5800 |
| 5801 GetMouse(&where); | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5802 LocalToGlobal(&where); //OSX |
| 7 | 5803 CntxMenu = menu->submenu_handle; |
| 5804 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5805 // TODO: Get the text selection from Vim |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5806 |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5807 // Call to Handle Popup |
| 1089 | 5808 status = ContextualMenuSelect(CntxMenu, where, false, kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp, |
| 1012 | 5809 HelpName, NULL, &CntxType, &CntxMenuID, &CntxMenuItem); |
| 7 | 5810 |
| 5811 if (status == noErr) | |
| 5812 { | |
| 5813 if (CntxType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
| 5814 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5815 // Handle the menu CntxMenuID, CntxMenuItem |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5816 // The submenu can be handle directly by gui_mac_handle_menu |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5817 // But what about the current menu, is the menu changed by |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5818 // ContextualMenuSelect |
| 9 | 5819 gui_mac_handle_menu((CntxMenuID << 16) + CntxMenuItem); |
| 7 | 5820 } |
| 5821 else if (CntxMenuID == kCMShowHelpSelected) | |
| 5822 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5823 // Should come up with the help |
| 7 | 5824 } |
| 5825 } | |
| 5826 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5827 // Restore original Port |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5828 SetPort(savePort); //OSX |
| 7 | 5829 } |
| 5830 | |
| 5831 #if defined(FEAT_CW_EDITOR) || defined(PROTO) | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5832 // TODO: Is it need for MACOS_X? (Dany) |
| 7 | 5833 void |
| 5834 mch_post_buffer_write(buf_T *buf) | |
| 5835 { | |
| 9 | 5836 GetFSSpecFromPath(buf->b_ffname, &buf->b_FSSpec); |
| 5837 Send_KAHL_MOD_AE(buf); | |
| 7 | 5838 } |
| 5839 #endif | |
| 5840 | |
| 5841 #ifdef FEAT_TITLE | |
| 5842 /* | |
| 5843 * Set the window title and icon. | |
| 5844 * (The icon is not taken care of). | |
| 5845 */ | |
| 5846 void | |
| 593 | 5847 gui_mch_settitle(char_u *title, char_u *icon) |
| 7 | 5848 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5849 // TODO: Get vim to make sure maxlen (from p_titlelen) is smaller |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5850 // that 256. Even better get it to fit nicely in the titlebar. |
| 766 | 5851 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 5852 CFStringRef windowTitle; |
| 5853 size_t windowTitleLen; | |
| 5854 #else | |
| 7 | 5855 char_u *pascalTitle; |
| 168 | 5856 #endif |
| 7 | 5857 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5858 if (title == NULL) // nothing to do |
| 7 | 5859 return; |
| 5860 | |
| 766 | 5861 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT |
| 168 | 5862 windowTitleLen = STRLEN(title); |
| 1621 | 5863 windowTitle = (CFStringRef)mac_enc_to_cfstring(title, windowTitleLen); |
| 168 | 5864 |
| 5865 if (windowTitle) | |
| 5866 { | |
| 5867 SetWindowTitleWithCFString(gui.VimWindow, windowTitle); | |
| 5868 CFRelease(windowTitle); | |
| 5869 } | |
| 5870 #else | |
| 7 | 5871 pascalTitle = C2Pascal_save(title); |
| 5872 if (pascalTitle != NULL) | |
| 5873 { | |
| 5874 SetWTitle(gui.VimWindow, pascalTitle); | |
| 5875 vim_free(pascalTitle); | |
| 5876 } | |
| 168 | 5877 #endif |
| 7 | 5878 } |
| 5879 #endif | |
| 5880 | |
| 5881 /* | |
| 2585 | 5882 * Transferred from os_mac.c for MacOS X using os_unix.c prep work |
| 7 | 5883 */ |
| 5884 | |
| 5885 int | |
| 593 | 5886 C2PascalString(char_u *CString, Str255 *PascalString) |
| 7 | 5887 { |
| 5888 char_u *PascalPtr = (char_u *) PascalString; | |
| 5889 int len; | |
| 5890 int i; | |
| 5891 | |
| 5892 PascalPtr[0] = 0; | |
| 5893 if (CString == NULL) | |
| 5894 return 0; | |
| 5895 | |
| 5896 len = STRLEN(CString); | |
| 5897 if (len > 255) | |
| 5898 len = 255; | |
| 5899 | |
| 5900 for (i = 0; i < len; i++) | |
| 5901 PascalPtr[i+1] = CString[i]; | |
| 5902 | |
| 5903 PascalPtr[0] = len; | |
| 5904 | |
| 5905 return 0; | |
| 5906 } | |
| 5907 | |
| 5908 int | |
| 593 | 5909 GetFSSpecFromPath(char_u *file, FSSpec *fileFSSpec) |
| 7 | 5910 { |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5911 // From FAQ 8-12 |
| 7 | 5912 Str255 filePascal; |
| 5913 CInfoPBRec myCPB; | |
| 5914 OSErr err; | |
| 5915 | |
| 9 | 5916 (void) C2PascalString(file, &filePascal); |
| 7 | 5917 |
| 5918 myCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = filePascal; | |
| 5919 myCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = 0; | |
| 5920 myCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0; | |
| 5921 myCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = 0; | |
| 5922 | |
| 9 | 5923 err= PBGetCatInfo(&myCPB, false); |
| 7 | 5924 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5925 // vRefNum, dirID, name |
| 9 | 5926 FSMakeFSSpec(0, 0, filePascal, fileFSSpec); |
| 7 | 5927 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5928 // TODO: Use an error code mechanism |
| 7 | 5929 return 0; |
| 5930 } | |
| 5931 | |
| 5932 /* | |
| 4352 | 5933 * Convert a FSSpec to a full path |
| 7 | 5934 */ |
| 5935 | |
| 9 | 5936 char_u *FullPathFromFSSpec_save(FSSpec file) |
| 7 | 5937 { |
| 5938 /* | |
| 5939 * TODO: Add protection for 256 char max. | |
| 5940 */ | |
| 5941 | |
| 5942 CInfoPBRec theCPB; | |
| 5943 char_u fname[256]; | |
| 5944 char_u *filenamePtr = fname; | |
| 5945 OSErr error; | |
| 5946 int folder = 1; | |
| 5947 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 5948 SInt16 dfltVol_vRefNum; | |
| 5949 SInt32 dfltVol_dirID; | |
| 5950 FSRef refFile; | |
| 5951 OSStatus status; | |
| 5952 UInt32 pathSize = 256; | |
| 5953 char_u pathname[256]; | |
| 5954 char_u *path = pathname; | |
| 5955 #else | |
| 5956 Str255 directoryName; | |
| 5957 char_u temporary[255]; | |
| 5958 char_u *temporaryPtr = temporary; | |
| 5959 #endif | |
| 5960 | |
| 5961 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5962 // Get the default volume |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5963 // TODO: Remove as this only work if Vim is on the Boot Volume |
| 9 | 5964 error=HGetVol(NULL, &dfltVol_vRefNum, &dfltVol_dirID); |
| 7 | 5965 |
| 5966 if (error) | |
| 5967 return NULL; | |
| 5968 #endif | |
| 5969 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5970 // Start filling fname with file.name |
| 418 | 5971 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &file.name[1], file.name[0]); |
| 7 | 5972 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5973 // Get the info about the file specified in FSSpec |
| 7 | 5974 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = 0; |
| 5975 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = file.name; | |
| 5976 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5977 //theCPB.hFileInfo.ioDirID = 0; |
| 7 | 5978 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID; |
| 5979 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5980 // As ioFDirIndex = 0, get the info of ioNamePtr, |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5981 // which is relative to ioVrefNum, ioDirID |
| 9 | 5982 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB, false); |
| 7 | 5983 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5984 // If we are called for a new file we expect fnfErr |
| 7 | 5985 if ((error) && (error != fnfErr)) |
| 5986 return NULL; | |
| 5987 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5988 // Check if it's a file or folder |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5989 // default to file if file don't exist |
| 7 | 5990 if (((theCPB.hFileInfo.ioFlAttrib & ioDirMask) == 0) || (error)) |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
5991 folder = 0; // It's not a folder |
| 7 | 5992 else |
| 5993 folder = 1; | |
| 5994 | |
| 5995 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 5996 /* | |
| 4352 | 5997 * The functions used here are available in Carbon, but do nothing on |
| 5998 * MacOS 8 and 9. | |
| 7 | 5999 */ |
| 6000 if (error == fnfErr) | |
| 6001 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6002 // If the file to be saved does not already exist, it isn't possible |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6003 // to convert its FSSpec into an FSRef. But we can construct an |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6004 // FSSpec for the file's parent folder (since we have its volume and |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6005 // directory IDs), and since that folder does exist, we can convert |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6006 // that FSSpec into an FSRef, convert the FSRef in turn into a path, |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6007 // and, finally, append the filename. |
| 7 | 6008 FSSpec dirSpec; |
| 6009 FSRef dirRef; | |
| 6010 Str255 emptyFilename = "\p"; | |
| 6011 error = FSMakeFSSpec(theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum, | |
| 6012 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID, emptyFilename, &dirSpec); | |
| 6013 if (error) | |
| 6014 return NULL; | |
| 6015 | |
| 6016 error = FSpMakeFSRef(&dirSpec, &dirRef); | |
| 6017 if (error) | |
| 6018 return NULL; | |
| 6019 | |
| 6020 status = FSRefMakePath(&dirRef, (UInt8*)path, pathSize); | |
| 6021 if (status) | |
| 6022 return NULL; | |
| 6023 | |
| 6024 STRCAT(path, "/"); | |
| 6025 STRCAT(path, filenamePtr); | |
| 6026 } | |
| 6027 else | |
| 6028 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6029 // If the file to be saved already exists, we can get its full path |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6030 // by converting its FSSpec into an FSRef. |
| 9 | 6031 error=FSpMakeFSRef(&file, &refFile); |
| 7 | 6032 if (error) |
| 6033 return NULL; | |
| 6034 | |
| 9 | 6035 status=FSRefMakePath(&refFile, (UInt8 *) path, pathSize); |
| 7 | 6036 if (status) |
| 6037 return NULL; | |
| 6038 } | |
| 6039 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6040 // Add a slash at the end if needed |
| 7 | 6041 if (folder) |
| 9 | 6042 STRCAT(path, "/"); |
| 6043 | |
| 6044 return (vim_strsave(path)); | |
| 7 | 6045 #else |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6046 // TODO: Get rid of all USE_UNIXFILENAME below |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6047 // Set ioNamePtr, it's the same area which is always reused. |
| 7 | 6048 theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; |
| 6049 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6050 // Trick for first entry, set ioDrParID to the first value |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6051 // we want for ioDrDirID |
| 7 | 6052 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID = file.parID; |
| 6053 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = file.parID; | |
| 6054 | |
| 9 | 6055 if ((TRUE) && (file.parID != fsRtDirID /*fsRtParID*/)) |
| 7 | 6056 do |
| 6057 { | |
| 6058 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1; | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6059 // theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. |
| 7 | 6060 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6061 // theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 |
| 7 | 6062 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID; |
| 6063 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6064 // As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6065 // *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated |
| 9 | 6066 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false); |
| 7 | 6067 |
| 6068 if (error) | |
| 6069 return NULL; | |
| 6070 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6071 // Put the new directoryName in front of the current fname |
| 7 | 6072 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); |
| 418 | 6073 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]); |
| 7 | 6074 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":"); |
| 6075 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6076 } | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6077 #if 1 // def USE_UNIXFILENAME |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6078 while ((theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID != fsRtDirID) |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6079 /* && (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID)*/); |
| 7 | 6080 #else |
| 6081 while (theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID != fsRtDirID); | |
| 6082 #endif | |
| 6083 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6084 // Get the information about the volume on which the file reside |
| 7 | 6085 theCPB.dirInfo.ioFDirIndex = -1; |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6086 // theCPB.dirInfo.ioNamePtr = directoryName; Already done above. |
| 7 | 6087 theCPB.dirInfo.ioVRefNum = file.vRefNum; |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6088 // theCPB.dirInfo.ioDirID = irrelevant when ioFDirIndex = -1 |
| 7 | 6089 theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrDirID = theCPB.dirInfo.ioDrParID; |
| 6090 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6091 // As ioFDirIndex = -1, get the info of ioDrDirID, |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6092 // *ioNamePtr[0 TO 31] will be updated |
| 9 | 6093 error = PBGetCatInfo(&theCPB,false); |
| 7 | 6094 |
| 6095 if (error) | |
| 6096 return NULL; | |
| 6097 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6098 // For MacOS Classic always add the volume name |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6099 // For MacOS X add the volume name preceded by "Volumes" |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6100 // when we are not referring to the boot volume |
| 7 | 6101 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME |
| 6102 if (file.vRefNum != dfltVol_vRefNum) | |
| 6103 #endif | |
| 6104 { | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6105 // Add the volume name |
| 7 | 6106 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); |
| 418 | 6107 vim_strncpy(filenamePtr, &directoryName[1], directoryName[0]); |
| 7 | 6108 STRCAT(filenamePtr, ":"); |
| 6109 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6110 | |
| 6111 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME | |
| 6112 STRCPY(temporaryPtr, filenamePtr); | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6113 filenamePtr[0] = 0; // NULL terminate the string |
| 7 | 6114 STRCAT(filenamePtr, "Volumes:"); |
| 6115 STRCAT(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6116 #endif | |
| 6117 } | |
| 6118 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6119 // Append final path separator if it's a folder |
| 7 | 6120 if (folder) |
| 9 | 6121 STRCAT(fname, ":"); |
| 7 | 6122 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6123 // As we use Unix File Name for MacOS X convert it |
| 7 | 6124 #ifdef USE_UNIXFILENAME |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6125 // Need to insert leading / |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6126 // TODO: get the above code to use directly the / |
| 7 | 6127 STRCPY(&temporaryPtr[1], filenamePtr); |
| 6128 temporaryPtr[0] = '/'; | |
| 6129 STRCPY(filenamePtr, temporaryPtr); | |
| 6130 { | |
| 6131 char *p; | |
| 6132 for (p = fname; *p; p++) | |
| 6133 if (*p == ':') | |
| 6134 *p = '/'; | |
| 6135 } | |
| 6136 #endif | |
| 6137 | |
| 9 | 6138 return (vim_strsave(fname)); |
| 7 | 6139 #endif |
| 6140 } | |
| 6141 | |
|
15595
1ec942f1b648
patch 8.1.0805: too many #ifdefs
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15470
diff
changeset
|
6142 #if defined(USE_CARBONKEYHANDLER) || defined(PROTO) |
| 7 | 6143 /* |
| 6144 * Input Method Control functions. | |
| 6145 */ | |
| 6146 | |
| 6147 /* | |
| 6148 * Notify cursor position to IM. | |
| 6149 */ | |
| 6150 void | |
| 6151 im_set_position(int row, int col) | |
| 6152 { | |
|
13950
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
6153 # if 0 |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6154 // TODO: Implement me! |
| 1562 | 6155 im_start_row = row; |
| 6156 im_start_col = col; | |
|
13950
741b1feeac9f
patch 8.0.1845: various comment updates needed, missing white space
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
13380
diff
changeset
|
6157 # endif |
| 1562 | 6158 } |
| 6159 | |
| 6160 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLWindow; | |
| 6161 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLInsert; | |
| 6162 static ScriptLanguageRecord gTSLDefault = { 0, 0 }; | |
| 6163 | |
| 6164 static Component gTSCWindow; | |
| 6165 static Component gTSCInsert; | |
| 6166 static Component gTSCDefault; | |
| 6167 | |
| 6168 static int im_initialized = 0; | |
| 6169 | |
| 6170 static void | |
| 6171 im_on_window_switch(int active) | |
| 6172 { | |
| 6173 ScriptLanguageRecord *slptr = NULL; | |
| 6174 OSStatus err; | |
| 6175 | |
| 6176 if (! gui.in_use) | |
| 6177 return; | |
| 6178 | |
| 6179 if (im_initialized == 0) | |
| 6180 { | |
| 6181 im_initialized = 1; | |
| 6182 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6183 // save default TSM component (should be U.S.) to default |
| 1562 | 6184 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, |
| 6185 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6186 } | |
| 6187 | |
| 6188 if (active == TRUE) | |
| 6189 { | |
| 6190 im_is_active = TRUE; | |
| 6191 ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6192 slptr = &gTSLWindow; | |
| 6193 | |
| 6194 if (slptr) | |
| 6195 { | |
| 6196 err = SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCWindow, slptr, | |
| 6197 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6198 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6199 err = SetTextServiceLanguage(slptr); | |
| 6200 | |
| 6201 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6202 KeyScript(slptr->fScript | smKeyForceKeyScriptMask); | |
| 6203 } | |
| 6204 } | |
| 6205 else | |
| 6206 { | |
| 6207 err = GetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLWindow); | |
| 6208 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6209 slptr = &gTSLWindow; | |
| 6210 | |
| 6211 if (slptr) | |
| 6212 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCWindow, slptr, | |
| 6213 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6214 | |
| 6215 im_is_active = FALSE; | |
| 6216 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6217 } | |
| 7 | 6218 } |
| 6219 | |
| 6220 /* | |
| 6221 * Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE). | |
| 6222 */ | |
| 6223 void | |
| 6224 im_set_active(int active) | |
| 6225 { | |
| 1562 | 6226 ScriptLanguageRecord *slptr = NULL; |
| 6227 OSStatus err; | |
| 6228 | |
|
12924
85a601f985ab
patch 8.0.1338: USE_IM_CONTROL is confusing and incomplete
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
12716
diff
changeset
|
6229 if (!gui.in_use) |
| 1562 | 6230 return; |
| 6231 | |
| 6232 if (im_initialized == 0) | |
| 6233 { | |
| 6234 im_initialized = 1; | |
| 6235 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6236 // save default TSM component (should be U.S.) to default |
| 1562 | 6237 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, |
| 6238 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6239 } | |
| 6240 | |
| 6241 if (active == TRUE) | |
| 6242 { | |
| 6243 im_is_active = TRUE; | |
| 6244 ActivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6245 slptr = &gTSLInsert; | |
| 6246 | |
| 6247 if (slptr) | |
| 6248 { | |
| 6249 err = SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCInsert, slptr, | |
| 6250 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6251 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6252 err = SetTextServiceLanguage(slptr); | |
| 6253 | |
| 6254 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6255 KeyScript(slptr->fScript | smKeyForceKeyScriptMask); | |
| 6256 } | |
| 6257 } | |
| 6258 else | |
| 6259 { | |
| 6260 err = GetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLInsert); | |
| 6261 if (err == noErr) | |
| 6262 slptr = &gTSLInsert; | |
| 6263 | |
| 6264 if (slptr) | |
| 6265 GetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(&gTSCInsert, slptr, | |
| 6266 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6267 | |
|
18788
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6268 // restore to default when switch to normal mode, so than we could |
|
e1f4e9d78a6a
patch 8.1.2383: using old C style comments
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
18301
diff
changeset
|
6269 // enter commands easier |
| 1562 | 6270 SetDefaultInputMethodOfClass(gTSCDefault, &gTSLDefault, |
| 6271 kKeyboardInputMethodClass); | |
| 6272 SetTextServiceLanguage(&gTSLDefault); | |
| 6273 | |
| 6274 im_is_active = FALSE; | |
| 6275 DeactivateTSMDocument(gTSMDocument); | |
| 6276 } | |
| 7 | 6277 } |
| 6278 | |
| 6279 /* | |
| 6280 * Get IM status. When IM is on, return not 0. Else return 0. | |
| 6281 */ | |
| 6282 int | |
| 593 | 6283 im_get_status(void) |
| 7 | 6284 { |
| 1562 | 6285 if (! gui.in_use) |
| 6286 return 0; | |
| 6287 | |
| 6288 return im_is_active; | |
| 7 | 6289 } |
| 1106 | 6290 |
|
15595
1ec942f1b648
patch 8.1.0805: too many #ifdefs
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15470
diff
changeset
|
6291 #endif |
| 1106 | 6292 |
| 6293 | |
| 6294 | |
| 6295 #if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO) | |
| 6296 // drawer implementation | |
| 6297 static MenuRef contextMenu = NULL; | |
| 6298 enum | |
| 6299 { | |
|
8269
553a4c8dd796
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/43acbce1bb0a33edc67496b220cae629ad95d2d8
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
7821
diff
changeset
|
6300 kTabContextMenuId = 42 |
| 1106 | 6301 }; |
| 6302 | |
| 6303 // the caller has to CFRelease() the returned string | |
| 6304 static CFStringRef | |
| 6305 getTabLabel(tabpage_T *page) | |
| 6306 { | |
| 6307 get_tabline_label(page, FALSE); | |
| 6308 #ifdef MACOS_CONVERT | |
| 1621 | 6309 return (CFStringRef)mac_enc_to_cfstring(NameBuff, STRLEN(NameBuff)); |
| 1106 | 6310 #else |
| 6311 // TODO: check internal encoding? | |
| 6312 return CFStringCreateWithCString(kCFAllocatorDefault, (char *)NameBuff, | |
| 6313 kCFStringEncodingMacRoman); | |
| 6314 #endif | |
| 6315 } | |
| 6316 | |
| 6317 | |
| 6318 #define DRAWER_SIZE 150 | |
| 6319 #define DRAWER_INSET 16 | |
| 6320 | |
| 6321 static ControlRef dataBrowser = NULL; | |
| 6322 | |
| 6323 // when the tabline is hidden, vim doesn't call update_tabline(). When | |
| 2585 | 6324 // the tabline is shown again, show_tabline() is called before update_tabline(), |
| 4352 | 6325 // and because of this, the tab labels and vim's internal tabs are out of sync |
| 1106 | 6326 // for a very short time. to prevent inconsistent state, we store the labels |
| 6327 // of the tabs, not pointers to the tabs (which are invalid for a short time). | |
| 6328 static CFStringRef *tabLabels = NULL; | |
| 6329 static int tabLabelsSize = 0; | |
| 6330 | |
| 6331 enum | |
| 6332 { | |
| 6333 kTabsColumn = 'Tabs' | |
| 6334 }; | |
| 6335 | |
| 6336 static int | |
| 6337 getTabCount(void) | |
| 6338 { | |
| 6339 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 6340 int numTabs = 0; | |
| 6341 | |
|
9649
fd9727ae3c49
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/2932359000b2f918d5fade79ea4d124d5943cd07
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
9428
diff
changeset
|
6342 FOR_ALL_TABPAGES(tp) |
| 1562 | 6343 ++numTabs; |
| 1106 | 6344 return numTabs; |
| 6345 } | |
| 6346 | |
| 6347 // data browser item display callback | |
| 6348 static OSStatus | |
| 6349 dbItemDataCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6350 DataBrowserItemID itemID, | |
| 1562 | 6351 DataBrowserPropertyID property /* column id */, |
| 6352 DataBrowserItemDataRef itemData, | |
| 1106 | 6353 Boolean changeValue) |
| 6354 { | |
| 6355 OSStatus status = noErr; | |
| 6356 | |
| 6357 // assert(property == kTabsColumn); // why is this violated?? | |
| 6358 | |
| 4352 | 6359 // changeValue is true if we have a modifiable list and data was changed. |
| 1106 | 6360 // In our case, it's always false. |
| 6361 // (that is: if (changeValue) updateInternalData(); else return | |
| 6362 // internalData(); | |
| 6363 if (!changeValue) | |
| 6364 { | |
| 6365 CFStringRef str; | |
| 6366 | |
| 6367 assert(itemID - 1 >= 0 && itemID - 1 < tabLabelsSize); | |
| 6368 str = tabLabels[itemID - 1]; | |
| 6369 status = SetDataBrowserItemDataText(itemData, str); | |
| 6370 } | |
| 6371 else | |
| 6372 status = errDataBrowserPropertyNotSupported; | |
| 6373 | |
| 6374 return status; | |
| 6375 } | |
| 6376 | |
| 6377 // data browser action callback | |
| 6378 static void | |
| 6379 dbItemNotificationCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6380 DataBrowserItemID item, | |
| 6381 DataBrowserItemNotification message) | |
| 6382 { | |
| 6383 switch (message) | |
| 6384 { | |
| 6385 case kDataBrowserItemSelected: | |
| 6386 send_tabline_event(item); | |
| 6387 break; | |
| 6388 } | |
| 6389 } | |
| 6390 | |
| 6391 // callbacks needed for contextual menu: | |
| 6392 static void | |
| 6393 dbGetContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6394 MenuRef *menu, | |
| 1562 | 6395 UInt32 *helpType, |
| 1106 | 6396 CFStringRef *helpItemString, |
| 1562 | 6397 AEDesc *selection) |
| 1106 | 6398 { |
| 6399 // on mac os 9: kCMHelpItemNoHelp, but it's not the same | |
| 6400 *helpType = kCMHelpItemRemoveHelp; // OS X only ;-) | |
| 6401 *helpItemString = NULL; | |
| 6402 | |
| 6403 *menu = contextMenu; | |
| 6404 } | |
| 6405 | |
| 6406 static void | |
| 6407 dbSelectContextualMenuCallback(ControlRef browser, | |
| 6408 MenuRef menu, | |
| 6409 UInt32 selectionType, | |
| 6410 SInt16 menuID, | |
| 6411 MenuItemIndex menuItem) | |
| 6412 { | |
| 6413 if (selectionType == kCMMenuItemSelected) | |
| 6414 { | |
| 6415 MenuCommand command; | |
| 6416 GetMenuItemCommandID(menu, menuItem, &command); | |
| 6417 | |
| 6418 // get tab that was selected when the context menu appeared | |
| 6419 // (there is always one tab selected). TODO: check if the context menu | |
| 6420 // isn't opened on an item but on empty space (has to be possible some | |
| 6421 // way, the finder does it too ;-) ) | |
| 6422 Handle items = NewHandle(0); | |
| 6423 if (items != NULL) | |
| 6424 { | |
| 6425 int numItems; | |
| 6426 | |
| 6427 GetDataBrowserItems(browser, kDataBrowserNoItem, false, | |
| 6428 kDataBrowserItemIsSelected, items); | |
| 6429 numItems = GetHandleSize(items) / sizeof(DataBrowserItemID); | |
| 6430 if (numItems > 0) | |
| 6431 { | |
| 6432 int idx; | |
| 6433 DataBrowserItemID *itemsPtr; | |
| 6434 | |
| 6435 HLock(items); | |
| 6436 itemsPtr = (DataBrowserItemID *)*items; | |
| 6437 idx = itemsPtr[0]; | |
| 6438 HUnlock(items); | |
| 6439 send_tabline_menu_event(idx, command); | |
| 6440 } | |
| 6441 DisposeHandle(items); | |
| 6442 } | |
| 6443 } | |
| 6444 } | |
| 6445 | |
| 6446 // focus callback of the data browser to always leave focus in vim | |
| 6447 static OSStatus | |
| 6448 dbFocusCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data) | |
| 6449 { | |
| 6450 assert(GetEventClass(event) == kEventClassControl | |
| 6451 && GetEventKind(event) == kEventControlSetFocusPart); | |
| 6452 | |
| 6453 return paramErr; | |
| 6454 } | |
| 6455 | |
| 6456 | |
| 6457 // drawer callback to resize data browser to drawer size | |
| 6458 static OSStatus | |
| 6459 drawerCallback(EventHandlerCallRef handler, EventRef event, void *data) | |
| 6460 { | |
| 6461 switch (GetEventKind(event)) | |
| 6462 { | |
| 6463 case kEventWindowBoundsChanged: // move or resize | |
| 6464 { | |
| 6465 UInt32 attribs; | |
| 6466 GetEventParameter(event, kEventParamAttributes, typeUInt32, | |
| 6467 NULL, sizeof(attribs), NULL, &attribs); | |
| 6468 if (attribs & kWindowBoundsChangeSizeChanged) // resize | |
| 6469 { | |
| 6470 Rect r; | |
| 6471 GetWindowBounds(drawer, kWindowContentRgn, &r); | |
| 6472 SetRect(&r, 0, 0, r.right - r.left, r.bottom - r.top); | |
| 6473 SetControlBounds(dataBrowser, &r); | |
| 6474 SetDataBrowserTableViewNamedColumnWidth(dataBrowser, | |
| 6475 kTabsColumn, r.right); | |
| 6476 } | |
| 6477 } | |
| 6478 break; | |
| 6479 } | |
| 6480 | |
| 6481 return eventNotHandledErr; | |
| 6482 } | |
| 6483 | |
| 6484 // Load DataBrowserChangeAttributes() dynamically on tiger (and better). | |
| 6485 // This way the code works on 10.2 and 10.3 as well (it doesn't have the | |
| 6486 // blue highlights in the list view on these systems, though. Oh well.) | |
| 6487 | |
| 6488 | |
| 6489 #import <mach-o/dyld.h> | |
| 6490 | |
| 6491 enum { kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors = (1 << 1) }; | |
| 6492 | |
| 6493 static OSStatus | |
| 6494 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(ControlRef inDataBrowser, | |
| 6495 OptionBits inAttributesToSet, | |
| 6496 OptionBits inAttributesToClear) | |
| 6497 { | |
| 6498 long osVersion; | |
| 6499 char *symbolName; | |
| 6500 NSSymbol symbol = NULL; | |
| 6501 OSStatus (*dataBrowserChangeAttributes)(ControlRef inDataBrowser, | |
| 6502 OptionBits inAttributesToSet, OptionBits inAttributesToClear); | |
| 6503 | |
| 6504 Gestalt(gestaltSystemVersion, &osVersion); | |
| 6505 if (osVersion < 0x1040) // only supported for 10.4 (and up) | |
| 6506 return noErr; | |
| 6507 | |
| 6508 // C name mangling... | |
| 6509 symbolName = "_DataBrowserChangeAttributes"; | |
| 6510 if (!NSIsSymbolNameDefined(symbolName) | |
| 6511 || (symbol = NSLookupAndBindSymbol(symbolName)) == NULL) | |
| 6512 return noErr; | |
| 6513 | |
| 6514 dataBrowserChangeAttributes = NSAddressOfSymbol(symbol); | |
| 6515 if (dataBrowserChangeAttributes == NULL) | |
| 6516 return noErr; // well... | |
| 6517 return dataBrowserChangeAttributes(inDataBrowser, | |
| 6518 inAttributesToSet, inAttributesToClear); | |
| 6519 } | |
| 6520 | |
| 6521 static void | |
| 6522 initialise_tabline(void) | |
| 6523 { | |
| 6524 Rect drawerRect = { 0, 0, 0, DRAWER_SIZE }; | |
| 6525 DataBrowserCallbacks dbCallbacks; | |
| 6526 EventTypeSpec focusEvent = {kEventClassControl, kEventControlSetFocusPart}; | |
| 6527 EventTypeSpec resizeEvent = {kEventClassWindow, kEventWindowBoundsChanged}; | |
| 6528 DataBrowserListViewColumnDesc colDesc; | |
| 6529 | |
| 6530 // drawers have to have compositing enabled | |
| 6531 CreateNewWindow(kDrawerWindowClass, | |
| 6532 kWindowStandardHandlerAttribute | |
| 6533 | kWindowCompositingAttribute | |
| 6534 | kWindowResizableAttribute | |
| 6535 | kWindowLiveResizeAttribute, | |
| 6536 &drawerRect, &drawer); | |
| 6537 | |
| 6538 SetThemeWindowBackground(drawer, kThemeBrushDrawerBackground, true); | |
| 6539 SetDrawerParent(drawer, gui.VimWindow); | |
| 6540 SetDrawerOffsets(drawer, kWindowOffsetUnchanged, DRAWER_INSET); | |
| 6541 | |
| 6542 | |
| 6543 // create list view embedded in drawer | |
| 6544 CreateDataBrowserControl(drawer, &drawerRect, kDataBrowserListView, | |
| 6545 &dataBrowser); | |
| 6546 | |
| 6547 dbCallbacks.version = kDataBrowserLatestCallbacks; | |
| 6548 InitDataBrowserCallbacks(&dbCallbacks); | |
| 6549 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemDataCallback = | |
| 6550 NewDataBrowserItemDataUPP(dbItemDataCallback); | |
| 6551 dbCallbacks.u.v1.itemNotificationCallback = | |
| 6552 NewDataBrowserItemNotificationUPP(dbItemNotificationCallback); | |
| 6553 dbCallbacks.u.v1.getContextualMenuCallback = | |
| 6554 NewDataBrowserGetContextualMenuUPP(dbGetContextualMenuCallback); | |
| 6555 dbCallbacks.u.v1.selectContextualMenuCallback = | |
| 6556 NewDataBrowserSelectContextualMenuUPP(dbSelectContextualMenuCallback); | |
| 6557 | |
| 6558 SetDataBrowserCallbacks(dataBrowser, &dbCallbacks); | |
| 6559 | |
| 6560 SetDataBrowserListViewHeaderBtnHeight(dataBrowser, 0); // no header | |
| 6561 SetDataBrowserHasScrollBars(dataBrowser, false, true); // only vertical | |
| 6562 SetDataBrowserSelectionFlags(dataBrowser, | |
| 6563 kDataBrowserSelectOnlyOne | kDataBrowserNeverEmptySelectionSet); | |
| 6564 SetDataBrowserTableViewHiliteStyle(dataBrowser, | |
| 6565 kDataBrowserTableViewFillHilite); | |
| 6566 Boolean b = false; | |
| 6567 SetControlData(dataBrowser, kControlEntireControl, | |
| 6568 kControlDataBrowserIncludesFrameAndFocusTag, sizeof(b), &b); | |
| 6569 | |
| 6570 // enable blue background in data browser (this is only in 10.4 and vim | |
| 6571 // has to support older osx versions as well, so we have to load this | |
| 6572 // function dynamically) | |
| 6573 myDataBrowserChangeAttributes(dataBrowser, | |
| 6574 kMyDataBrowserAttributeListViewAlternatingRowColors, 0); | |
| 6575 | |
| 6576 // install callback that keeps focus in vim and away from the data browser | |
| 6577 InstallControlEventHandler(dataBrowser, dbFocusCallback, 1, &focusEvent, | |
| 6578 NULL, NULL); | |
| 6579 | |
| 6580 // install callback that keeps data browser at the size of the drawer | |
| 6581 InstallWindowEventHandler(drawer, drawerCallback, 1, &resizeEvent, | |
| 6582 NULL, NULL); | |
| 6583 | |
| 6584 // add "tabs" column to data browser | |
| 6585 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyID = kTabsColumn; | |
| 6586 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyType = kDataBrowserTextType; | |
| 6587 | |
| 6588 // add if items can be selected (?): kDataBrowserListViewSelectionColumn | |
| 6589 colDesc.propertyDesc.propertyFlags = kDataBrowserDefaultPropertyFlags; | |
| 6590 | |
| 6591 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.version = kDataBrowserListViewLatestHeaderDesc; | |
| 6592 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.minimumWidth = 100; | |
| 6593 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.maximumWidth = 150; | |
| 6594 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleOffset = 0; | |
| 6595 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.titleString = CFSTR("Tabs"); | |
| 6596 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.initialOrder = kDataBrowserOrderIncreasing; | |
| 6597 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnFontStyle.flags = 0; // use default font | |
| 6598 colDesc.headerBtnDesc.btnContentInfo.contentType = kControlContentTextOnly; | |
| 6599 | |
| 6600 AddDataBrowserListViewColumn(dataBrowser, &colDesc, 0); | |
| 6601 | |
| 6602 // create tabline popup menu required by vim docs (see :he tabline-menu) | |
| 6603 CreateNewMenu(kTabContextMenuId, 0, &contextMenu); | |
|
15134
f2972ff144ab
patch 8.1.0577: tabpage right-click menu never shows "Close tab"
Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
parents:
15034
diff
changeset
|
6604 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Close Tab"), 0, |
| 1106 | 6605 TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE, NULL); |
| 6606 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("New Tab"), 0, | |
| 6607 TABLINE_MENU_NEW, NULL); | |
| 6608 AppendMenuItemTextWithCFString(contextMenu, CFSTR("Open Tab..."), 0, | |
| 6609 TABLINE_MENU_OPEN, NULL); | |
| 6610 } | |
| 6611 | |
| 6612 | |
| 6613 /* | |
| 6614 * Show or hide the tabline. | |
| 6615 */ | |
| 6616 void | |
| 6617 gui_mch_show_tabline(int showit) | |
| 6618 { | |
| 6619 if (showit == 0) | |
| 1562 | 6620 CloseDrawer(drawer, true); |
| 1106 | 6621 else |
| 1562 | 6622 OpenDrawer(drawer, kWindowEdgeRight, true); |
| 1106 | 6623 } |
| 6624 | |
| 6625 /* | |
| 6626 * Return TRUE when tabline is displayed. | |
| 6627 */ | |
| 6628 int | |
| 6629 gui_mch_showing_tabline(void) | |
| 6630 { | |
| 6631 WindowDrawerState state = GetDrawerState(drawer); | |
| 6632 | |
| 6633 return state == kWindowDrawerOpen || state == kWindowDrawerOpening; | |
| 6634 } | |
| 6635 | |
| 6636 /* | |
| 6637 * Update the labels of the tabline. | |
| 6638 */ | |
| 6639 void | |
| 6640 gui_mch_update_tabline(void) | |
| 6641 { | |
| 6642 tabpage_T *tp; | |
| 6643 int numTabs = getTabCount(); | |
| 6644 int nr = 1; | |
| 6645 int curtabidx = 1; | |
| 6646 | |
| 6647 // adjust data browser | |
| 6648 if (tabLabels != NULL) | |
| 6649 { | |
| 1562 | 6650 int i; |
| 6651 | |
| 6652 for (i = 0; i < tabLabelsSize; ++i) | |
| 6653 CFRelease(tabLabels[i]); | |
| 6654 free(tabLabels); | |
| 1106 | 6655 } |
| 6656 tabLabels = (CFStringRef *)malloc(numTabs * sizeof(CFStringRef)); | |
| 6657 tabLabelsSize = numTabs; | |
| 6658 | |
| 6659 for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next, ++nr) | |
| 6660 { | |
| 6661 if (tp == curtab) | |
| 6662 curtabidx = nr; | |
| 1562 | 6663 tabLabels[nr-1] = getTabLabel(tp); |
| 1106 | 6664 } |
| 6665 | |
| 6666 RemoveDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, 0, NULL, | |
| 6667 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty); | |
| 6668 // data browser uses ids 1, 2, 3, ... numTabs per default, so we | |
| 6669 // can pass NULL for the id array | |
| 6670 AddDataBrowserItems(dataBrowser, kDataBrowserNoItem, numTabs, NULL, | |
| 6671 kDataBrowserItemNoProperty); | |
| 6672 | |
| 6673 DataBrowserItemID item = curtabidx; | |
| 6674 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign); | |
| 6675 } | |
| 6676 | |
| 6677 /* | |
| 6678 * Set the current tab to "nr". First tab is 1. | |
| 6679 */ | |
| 6680 void | |
|
7821
81794242a275
commit https://github.com/vim/vim/commit/66f948e928d5e0cd3123af902aa8ac1613534c94
Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
parents:
6819
diff
changeset
|
6681 gui_mch_set_curtab(int nr) |
| 1106 | 6682 { |
| 6683 DataBrowserItemID item = nr; | |
| 6684 SetDataBrowserSelectedItems(dataBrowser, 1, &item, kDataBrowserItemsAssign); | |
| 6685 | |
| 6686 // TODO: call something like this?: (or restore scroll position, or...) | |
| 6687 RevealDataBrowserItem(dataBrowser, item, kTabsColumn, | |
| 6688 kDataBrowserRevealOnly); | |
| 6689 } | |
| 6690 | |
| 6691 #endif // FEAT_GUI_TABLINE |